JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES INC
10-K, 1997-12-31
SPORTING & ATHLETIC GOODS, NEC
Previous: LAMONTS APPAREL INC, 8-K, 1997-12-31
Next: FEDERATED INCOME SECURITIES TRUST, N-30D, 1997-12-31



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

          [ X ]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                    For the fiscal year ended October 3, 1997

                                       OR

        [    ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   For the transition period from _____________ to ______________            

                         Commission file number 0-16255

                       JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                   Wisconsin                              39-1536083
        (State or other jurisdiction of                (I.R.S. Employer
           incorporation or organization)            Identification No.)
                  1326 Willow Road, Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
                                 (414) 884-1500
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

           Securities registered pursuan to section 12(g) of the Act:

                      Class A Common Stock, $.05 par value

        Indicate  by check  mark  whether the  Registrant (1)  has  filed all
   reports  required to  be filed by  Section 13  or 15(d)  of the Securities
   Exchange Act of  1934 during the preceding 12 months  (or for such shorter
   period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
   been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
   90 days.  Yes. [ X ]   No .  [   ]

         Indicate  by check mark if  disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant
   to Item  405 of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein, and will  not be
   contained, to the best  of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive  proxy or
   information  statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
   10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     [    ]

        As of  November 15, 1997, 6,881,923  shares of Class A  and 1,227,915
   shares of  Class B common stock  of the Registrant were  outstanding.  The
   aggregate  market  value  of  voting  stock  of  the  Registrant  held  by
   nonaffiliates of the Registrant  was approximately $75,697,000 on November
   15, 1997.

   <PAGE>

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

                                                  Part and Item Number of 
                  Document                    Form 10-K into which Incorporated

    1.   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.          Part I, Items 1 and 2, 
         1997 Annual Report                          and Part II, Items 5, 6, 
                                                     7 and 8

    2.   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.          Part III, Items 10, 11, 
         Notice of Annual Meeting of                 12 and 13
         Shareholders and Proxy Statement for
         the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to
         be held January 28, 1998


   ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

   Johnson Worldwide  Associates, Inc.  and its subsidiaries  (the "Company")
   are engaged in the  manufacture and marketing of recreation products.  The
   Company's primary focus is on marketing and  product innovation and design
   to maintain its strong brand names and consumer recognition.  Research and
   development  activities for  each  of the  Company's principal  businesses
   emphasize  new  products and  innovation  to  differentiate the  Company's
   products from those of its competitors.

   The Company is controlled by Samuel C. Johnson, members of  his family and
   related entities.

   Motors and Fishing Products

   The overall motors and fishing markets in which the  Company competes have
   been  stagnant in recent years.  The  Company believes it has been able to
   maintain its share of most markets  primarily as a result of the Company's
   emphasis  on marketing  and product  innovation.   The Company  controls a
   majority of the electric  fishing motor market.  Consumer  advertising and
   promotion  include  advertising on  regional  television  and in  outdoor,
   general  interest and sports  magazines and in-store  displays.  Packaging
   and  point-of-purchase materials are used  to increase consumer appeal and
   sales.
                           Motors and Marine Products

   The Company manufactures, under  its Minn Kota and Neptune  names, battery
   powered motors  used on fishing boats  and other boats  for quiet trolling
   power  or primary propulsion.  The Company's  Minn Kota and Neptune motors
   and related accessories are sold in  the United States, Canada, Europe and
   the  Pacific Basin through large retail store  chains such as Wal Mart and
   K-Mart,  catalogs,  such as  Bass Pro  Shops  and Cabelas,  sporting goods
   specialty stores and marine dealers.  The Company's Lake Electric division
   manufactures electric motors for original equipment manufacturers.

   The Company's line of Airguide  marine, weather and automotive instruments
   is distributed primarily in  the United States through large  retail store
   chains  and  original  equipment  manufacturers.   Airguide  products  are
   manufactured by the Company or sourced from third-party manufacturers.

   The  Company was  a  leading supplier  in Europe  of  marine products  and
   accessories  primarily  for  sailing,  which the  Company  sold  under the
   Plastimo name.  Plastimo products and accessories included safety products
   (such as buoyancy vests and inflatable life rafts), mooring products (such
   as anchors, fenders and ladders),  navigational equipment (such as cockpit
   instruments,  automatic pilots  and  compasses) and  jib reefing  systems.
   Plastimo products  were sold to a  lesser extent in the  United States and
   other markets worldwide.  The Plastimo business was sold in January 1997.

   Fishing Products

   The Company's  fishing products include  Mitchell reels and  rods, Johnson
   reels,  Beetle Spin  soft body  lures and  Johnson spoons.   In  1995, the
   Company acquired the SpiderWire product line, giving it a leading brand in
   the "superline" segment of the fishing line market.

   The Company markets Johnson fishing reels, which are primarily closed-face
   reels,  as well as Mitchell reels, which are primarily open-faced spinning
   and bait casting reels.   Reels are sold individually and in  rod and reel
   combinations, primarily  through large  retail store chains,  catalogs and
   specialty  fishing  shops in  the United  States,  Canada, Europe  and the
   Pacific Basin.   The Company's  closed-face reels compete in  a segment of
   the U.S. fishing reel  market which is dominated by  larger manufacturers.
   Marketing support for  the Company's  reels is focused  on building  brand
   names,  emphasizing  product features  and  innovation  and on  developing
   specific segments of the reel market through advertising on television, in
   national  outdoor magazines  and  through trade  and  consumer support  at
   retail.  The Company's rods and reels are primarily produced  by off-shore
   manufacturing sources.

   The Company's artificial lure products are manufactured  by third parties.
   These products are sold primarily through large retail store chains.

   The Company purchases,  through third-party manufacturers, its  SpiderWire
   and  SpiderWire Fusion  products, which  have  performance characteristics
   superior  to those of monofilament  fishing line.   SpiderWire competes in
   the "superline"  segment of  the fishing line  category, while  SpiderWire
   Fusion is positioned just above  the high end of the monofilament  market.
   Late  in 1997,  the Company  introduced a  monofilament product  under the
   SpiderWire  brand.   These products  are sold  through large  retail store
   chains, catalogs and specialty stores.

   Outdoor Equipment Products

   The  Company's outdoor equipment products include  Eureka! and Camp Trails
   camping  tents and backpacks,  Jack Wolfskin camping  tents, backpacks and
   outdoor clothing, and Silva field compasses.

   Eureka! and Camp Trails  camping tents and backpacks compete  primarily in
   the mid- to high-price range  of their respective markets and are  sold in
   the  United States  and Canada  through independent  sales representatives
   primarily  to sporting  goods stores,  catalog and  mail order  houses and
   camping  and backpacking  specialty stores.   Marketing  of the  Company's
   tents and  backpacks is focused  on building  the Eureka! and  Camp Trails
   brand names and establishing the Company as a leader in product design and
   innovation.    The Company's  camping  tents  and  backpacks are  produced
   primarily by off-shore manufacturing sources.

   The  Company markets  both  Eureka! camping  and  commercial tents.    The
   Company's  camping  tents  have outside  self-supporting  aluminum  frames
   allowing  quicker and easier set-up, a design approach first introduced by
   the  Company.   Most Eureka!  tents  are made  from breathable  nylon. The
   Company's commercial tents include party tents and tents for fairs.  Party
   tents are sold primarily  to general rental stores while  other commercial
   tents   are  sold  directly   to  tent  erectors.   Commercial  tents  are
   manufactured by the Company in the United States.  The Company was awarded
   several contracts for production  of both camping and commercial  tents by
   the U.S. Armed Forces in 1997.  Eureka! products are sold under license in
   Japan and Korea.

   Camp Trails  backpacks consist  primarily of  internal and  external frame
   backpacks  for  hiking and  mountaineering.   The  Company's line  of Camp
   Trails backpacks also includes soft back bags, day packs and travel packs.
   Jack Wolfskin, a German  marketer of camping tents, backpacks  and outdoor
   clothing,   distributes  its   products  primarily  through   camping  and
   backpacking specialty  stores in  Germany with additional  distribution in
   other  European countries  and the  United States  and, under  license, in
   Japan.  Certain of these stores sell Jack Wolfskin products exclusively.
   Silva  field  compasses,  which are  manufactured  by  third  parties, are
   marketed exclusively in North America.

   Watercraft Products

   The  Company's watercraft are sold under the  Old Town name and consist of
   whitewater, tripping, touring and  general recreational purpose canoes for
   the high quality and mid-price segments of the canoe market and both entry
   level  and higher  performance  kayaks.    The  Company  has  developed  a
   proprietary roto-molding process for manufacturing  polyethylene canoes to
   compete in the higher volume mid-priced range of the market.  These canoes
   maintain  many  of the  design  and durability  characteristics  of higher
   priced  canoes.   The Company  also manufactures  canoes from  fiberglass,
   Royalex (ABS)  and wood.   In 1997,  the Company acquired  Ocean Kayak,  a
   leading  manufacturer  of sit-on-top  kayaks.   The  Company's  canoes and
   kayaks are sold primarily to sporting goods stores, catalog and mail order
   houses such as L. L.  Bean, canoe specialty  stores and marine dealers  in
   the  United States  and Europe.   The United  States market  for canoes is
   relatively  constant, while the kayak market  is exhibiting strong growth.
   The  Company believes,  based on  industry data,  that it  is the  leading
   manufacturer of  canoes and kayaks in  the United States in  both unit and
   dollar  sales.    Carlisle  Paddles, a  manufacturer  of  composite  canoe
   paddles,  supplies certain paddles that are sold with the Company's canoes
   and kayaks  as well  as paddles  which are  distributed  through the  same
   channels as the Company's watercraft.

   In  October  1997, the  Company acquired  the  stock of  Plastiques L.P.A.
   Limitee, the manufacturer of the Dimension brand of kayaks.

   Diving Products

   The Company believes  that it is one of  the world's largest manufacturers
   and  distributors of underwater diving  products which it  sells under the
   Scubapro  and  SnorkelPro  names.   The  Company  markets a  full  line of
   underwater   diving   and  snorkeling   equipment   including  regulators,
   stabilizing jackets,  tanks, depth  gauges, masks, fins,  snorkels, diving
   electronics  and other  accessories.   In 1997,  the Company  acquired the
   stock of  Uwatec AG, a  leading manufacturer of  dive computers and  other
   electronics  under  the Aladin  and Uwatec  names.   Scubapro,  Aladin and
   Uwatec products are marketed  to the high quality, premium  priced segment
   of  the  market.   The  Company maintains  a marketing  policy  of limited
   distribution  and  sells primarily  through  independent specialty  diving
   shops  worldwide.  These  diving shops generally  provide a wide  range of
   services to divers, including  instruction and repair service.   Scubapro,
   Aladin and Uwatec products are marketed globally.

   The  Company focuses  on maintaining  Scubapro, Aladin  and Uwatec  as the
   market  leader  in innovation  and new  products.   The  Company maintains
   research  and development functions both  in the United  States and Europe
   and  has  obtained several  patents on  products  and features.   Consumer
   advertising focuses on  building the brand names and position  as the high
   quality and innovative leader in the industry.  The Company advertises its
   equipment in diving magazines and through in-store displays.  

   The  Company maintains manufacturing and assembly facilities in the United
   States,  Switzerland, Mexico, Italy and Indonesia.  The Company procures a
   majority of its rubber  and plastic products and components  from offshore
   sources.

   In  October 1997, the Company acquired certain assets of Soniform, Inc., a
   manufacturer of  diving buoyancy  compensators primarily for  the original
   equipment market, which will expand the Company's manufacturing capability
   for these products.

   Sales by Category
   
   <TABLE>

   The following table depicts net sales by major product category:
 
   <CAPTION>
                                        Year Ended
                              October 3                 September 27                September 29
                                1997             %          1996              %         1995               %
                                                         (thousands)
   <S>                        <C>                <C>       <C>               <C>       <C>                 <C>
   Fishing                    $66,313            22%       $72,561           21%       $71,329             21%
   Motors                      54,032            18         62,040            18        69,631             20
   Outdoor Equipment           74,915            25         78,337            23        78,029             23
   Watercraft                  22,885             7         18,050             5        18,066              5
   Diving                      77,066            25         76,999            22        74,430             21
                              -------          ----        -------           ---       -------            ---
     Subtotal                 295,211            97        307,987            89       311,485             90
                              -------          ----        -------           ---       -------            ---
   Divested Businesses          7,910             3         36,386            11        35,705             10
                              -------          ----        -------           ---       -------            ---
                             $303,121           100%      $344,373           100%     $347,190            100%
                             ========          ====       ========           ====     ========            ===
   </TABLE>

   Sales  to  Wal  Mart Stores,  Inc.  and  its  affiliated entities  totaled
   $33,799,000 in  1997 and $34,902,000  in 1995.  No  customer accounted for
   10% or more of sales in 1996.

   International Operations

   See Note 12  to the Consolidated  Financial Statements on  page 30 of  the
   Company's 1997 Annual  Report, which is incorporated  herein by reference,
   for   financial   information  comparing   the   Company's  domestic   and
   international operations.

   Research and Development

   The  Company commits  significant  resources to  research and  new product
   development.   The  Company expenses  research  and development  costs  as
   incurred.  The amounts expended by the Company in connection with research
   and development activities for each of the last three fiscal years are set
   forth in  the  Consolidated Statements  of Operations  on page  21 of  the
   Company's 1997 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

   Competition

   The markets for most of the Company's products are quite competitive.  The
   Company  believes its products compete  favorably on the  basis of product
   innovation, product  performance and  strong marketing support,  and to  a
   lesser extent, price.

   Employees

   At  October 3, 1997, the Company had approximately 1,366 employees working
   in its businesses.   The Company  considers its employee  relations to  be
   excellent.

   Backlog

   The Company's businesses do  not receive significant orders in  advance of
   expected shipment dates.

   Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Rights

   The  Company owns no single patent which is  material to its business as a
   whole.  However, the Company holds several patents, principally for diving
   products and  roto-molded canoes  and has  filed several applications  for
   patents.  The Company also has  numerous trademarks and trade names  which
   the Company considers important to its business.

   Sources and Availability of Materials

   The  Company's  products  use materials  that  are  generally in  adequate
   supply.  In 1995, however, the Company experienced shortages in the supply
   of  magnets, which are  key components used  in its electric  motors.  The
   shortage of magnets hindered the Company's ability to meet customer demand
   for its electric motor products for several months in 1995.

   Seasonality

   The Company's business  is seasonal.  The following  table shows total net
   sales  and operating  profit  of  the  Company  for  each  quarter,  as  a
   percentage of the total  year.  Inventory writedowns  of $10.3 million  in
   1996  are included as components  of the fourth  quarter operating losses.
   Nonrecurring charges  totaling $6.8 million impacted  operating results in
   the second, third and fourth quarters of 1996.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

                                                                   Year Ended
                                 October 3, 1997                       September 27, 1996                September 29, 1995

                               Net          Operating                  Net      Operating                 Net     Operating
    Quarter Ended             Sales        Profit(Loss)               Sales   Profit(Loss)               Sales   Profit(Loss)
    <S>                        <C>           <C>                       <C>        <C>                     <C>       <C> 
    December                    17%          (20)%                      17%        (26)%                   15%       (8)%
    March                       32            66                        32         169                     31        50
    June                        29            55                        32         141                     34        66
    September                   22            (1)                       19        (184)                    20        (8)
                               ---           ----                     ----        ----                   ----      -----
                               100%          100%                      100%        100%                   100%      100%
                               ===           ====                     ====        ====                   ====      =====

   </TABLE>

   Executive Officers of the Registrant

   The  following list  sets forth  certain information,  as of  November 15,
   1997, regarding the executive officers of the Company.

   R. C.  Whitaker, age 50,  became President and Chief  Executive Officer of
   the  Company in  October 1996.  From  December 1995  to October  1996, Mr.
   Whitaker  was  President  and  Chief Executive  Officer  of  EWI,  Inc., a
   supplier to the  automotive industry.   From 1992  to September 1995,  Mr.
   Whitaker  was Chairman,  President and Chief  Executive Officer  of Colt's
   Manufacturing Company, Inc., a manufacturer of firearms, and, from 1988 to
   1992, was President of Wheelabrator Corporation.

   Carl G.  Schmidt, age 41, became  Senior Vice President of  the Company in
   May 1995 and has been Chief  Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of
   the Company since July 1994.   From July 1994 until May  1995, Mr. Schmidt
   was a Vice  President of the Company.   From 1988 to  July 1994, he  was a
   partner in the firm of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

   There are no family relationships between the above executive officers.

   ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

   The Company  maintains both  leased and owned  manufacturing, warehousing,
   distribution and office facilities throughout the world.

   The  Company prefers  to  lease rather  than  own facilities  to  maintain
   operational flexibility and control  the investment of financial resources
   in property.   See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on Page
   27  of the Company's 1997  Annual Report, which  is incorporated herein by
   reference, for a discussion of lease obligations.

   The Company believes  that its facilities are  well maintained and have  a
   capacity adequate to meet the Company's current needs.

   The Company's principal manufacturing  locations and distribution  centers
   are:

   Alton, Hampshire, England    Ferndale, Washington    Nykoping, Sweden
   Antibes, France              Genoa, Italy            Old Town, Maine
   Bad Sakingen, Germany        Grayling, Michigan      Racine, Wisconsin
   Barcelona, Spain             Hallwil, Switzerland    Rancho Dominguez, 
                                                          California
   Basingstoke, Hampshire,      Henggart, Switzerland   Rickenbach-Hottingen,
     England                                              Germany
   Binghamton, New York         Honolulu, Hawaii        San Diego, California
   Brunswick, Maine             Idstein, Germany        Salzburg-Glasenbach,
                                                          Austria
   Bruxelles, Belgium           Mankato, Minnesota      Silverwater, Australia
   Burlington, Ontario,         Marignier, France       Tijuana, Mexico
     Canada
   Chi Wan, Hong Kong           Meylan Cedex, France    Tokyo (Kawasaki), Japan


   The  Company's  corporate  headquarters  is  located  in  Mount  Pleasant,
   Wisconsin.  The Company's mailing address is Sturtevant, Wisconsin.

   ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   The  Company is  subject to various  legal actions and  proceedings in the
   normal  course  of  business,  including those  related  to  environmental
   matters.  Although  litigation is  subject to many  uncertainties and  the
   ultimate  exposure with  respect to  these matters cannot  be ascertained,
   management does not believe the final outcome will have a material adverse
   effect on the  financial condition,  results of  operations, liquidity  or
   cash flows of the Company.

   ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

   There  were no matters submitted to a  vote of security holders during the
   last quarter of the year ended October 3, 1997.

                                     PART II

   ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
           MATTERS

   Information with respect to this  item is included on pages 27, 29, 30 and
   32 and the inside back cover of the Company's 1997 Annual Report, which is
   incorporated herein by reference.

   There  is no  public market  for the  Registrant's  Class B  Common Stock.
   However,  the Class  B Common  Stock is  convertible at  all times  at the
   option of the holder  into shares of Class A  Common Stock on a  share for
   share  basis.  As  of November  15, 1997, the  Company had  742 holders of
   record of its Class A Common Stock and 67 holders of record of its Class B
   Common Stock.

   The Company has never paid a dividend on its Common Stock.

   ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   Information  with  respect to  this item  is included  on  page 32  of the
   Company's 1997 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

   ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
           RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   Information with respect to this item is included on pages 17 to 19 of the
   Company's 1997 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

   ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   Information with respect  to this item is not required  to be disclosed by
   the  Company  until  the  Company  makes  filings that  include  financial
   statements for fiscal years ending after June 15, 1998.

   ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

   The following  consolidated financial statements and  supplemental data of
   the  Registrant and its  subsidiaries, included on  pages 20 to  32 of the
   Company's 1997 Annual Report, are incorporated herein by reference:

        Consolidated Balance Sheets - October 3, 1997 and September 27, 1996
        Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years ended October 3, 1997,
             September 27, 1996 and September 29, 1995
        Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity - Years ended October
             3, 1997, September 27, 1996 and September 29, 1995
        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended October 3, 1997,
             September 27, 1996 and September 29, 1995
        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
        Independent Auditors' Report
        Quarterly Financial Summary

   ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
           FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

   None.
                                    PART III

   ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

   Information with respect to  this item, except for certain  information on
   the Executive Officers  which appears at the end of Part I of this report,
   is included  in the Company's January  28, 1998 Proxy Statement,  which is
   incorporated  herein  by  reference,   under  the  headings  "Election  of
   Directors" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance."

   ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   Information with respect to this item is included in the Company's January
   28, 1998 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference, under
   the  headings  "Election of  Directors  - Compensation  of  Directors" and
   "Executive Compensation;" provided, however,  that the subsection entitled
   "Executive  Compensation  -  Compensation  Committee  Report  on Executive
   Compensation" shall not be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference.

   ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

   Information with respect to this item is included in the Company's January
   28, 1998 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference, under
   the heading "Stock Ownership of Management and Others."

   ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   Information with respect to this item is included in the Company's January
   28, 1998 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference, under
   the heading "Certain Transactions."

                                     PART IV

   ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
            FORM 8-K

   (a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Form 10-K:
        1.   Financial Statements:

             Included  in  Item 8  of  Part  II of  this  Form  10-K are  the
             following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,   related  notes
             thereto, and independent auditors' report which are incorporated
             herein by reference from the 1997 Annual Report:

             Consolidated Balance Sheets - October 3, 1997 and September  27,
             1996
             Consolidated Statements  of Operations - Years  ended October 3,
             1997, September 27, 1996 and September 29, 1995
             Consolidated  Statements of Shareholders'  Equity -  Years ended
             October 3, 1997, September 27, 1996 and September 29, 1995
             Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows  - Years ended October 3,
             1997, September 27, 1996 and September 29, 1995
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
             Independent Auditors' Report

       2.    Financial Statement Schedules and Independent Auditors' Report:

             Included in Part IV of this Form 10-K is the following financial
             statement schedule and independent auditors' report:
          
             Independent Auditors' Report
             Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

             All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable,
             are not required or equivalent  information has been included in
             the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

        3.   Exhibits

             See Exhibit Index.

   (b) Reports on Form 8-K:

       On July 28, 1997, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated
       July 11, 1997 to reflect (under Item 2 of Form 8-K) the acquisition by
       a  second-tier subsidiary  of  the  Company  all  of  the  issued  and
       outstanding shares of capital  stock of Uwatec  AG.  On September  24,
       1997, the  Company filed an amendment  on Form 8-K/A  to the Company's
       Current  Report  on Form  8-K dated  July 11,  1997.   The  report, as
       amended, included (under Item  7 of Form 8-K) the  following financial
       statements:  Uwatec Group -- Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31,
       1996, Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31,
       1996, Combined Statement  of Changes in  Shareholders' Equity for  the
       year ended December  31, 1996 and Combined Statement of Cash Flows for
       the  year ended  December  31,  1996;  and  the  Company  --Pro  Forma
       Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 27, 1997 and Pro Forma
       Condensed  Consolidated Statements  of Operations  for the  year ended
       September 27, 1996 and for the nine months ended June 27, 1997.

   INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

   Shareholders and Board of Directors
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.:

   Under date of November  11, 1997, we reported on  the consolidated balance
   sheets  of Johnson  Worldwide  Associates,  Inc.  and subsidiaries  as  of
   October  3,  1997 and  September 27,  1996,  and the  related consolidated
   statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of
   the years in the three-year period ended October 3, 1997,  as contained in
   the 1997 Annual Report.   These consolidated financial statements  and our
   report thereon  are incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form
   10-K for  the fiscal  year 1997.   In  connection with  our audits  of the
   aforementioned  consolidated  financial statements,  we  also  audited the
   related consolidated financial statement schedule as listed in Item 14(a).
   This financial  statement schedule is the responsibility  of the Company's
   management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial
   statement schedule based on our audits.

   In  our opinion,  such  financial statement  schedule, when  considered in
   relation  to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole,
   presents  fairly,  in all  material  respects, the  information  set forth
   therein.

                                                  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

   Milwaukee, Wisconsin
   November 11, 1997

   <TABLE>

               JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

   <CAPTION>
                                                              Additions       Reserves of
                                             Balance at      Charged to       Businesses                       Balance
                                              Beginning       Costs and       Acquired or                      at End
                                               of Year         Expenses          Sold          Deductions(1)   of Year

                                                                              (thousands)
   <S>                                         <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>  
   Year ended October 3, 1997:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts           $ 2,235           $1,604         $   217           1,363         $2,693
     Inventory reserves                         13,665              445           1,100           4,990         10,220

   Year ended September 27, 1996:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts             2,610            1,662              --           2,037          2,235
     Inventory reserves                          5,118           12,202              --           3,655         13,665

   Year ended September 29, 1995:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts             2,317            1,567              --           1,274          2,610
     Inventory reserves                          7,554            1,561              --           3,997          5,118


   (1)  Includes the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on this balance
        sheet account.

   </TABLE>
   <PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   Pursuant  to the  requirements of Section  13 or  15(d) of  the Securities
   Exchange Act of  1934, the Registrant  has duly caused  this report to  be
   signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
   Town of Mount Pleasant and State of Wisconsin, on the 18th day of December
   1997.

                                           JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                                                       (Registrant)


                                       By           /s/ R. C. Whitaker
                                                      R. C. Whitaker
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  this
   report  has been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the  capacities
   indicated on the 18th day of December 1997.

         /s/ Samuel C. Johnson                  Chairman of the Board
          (Samuel C. Johnson)                        and Director

         /s/ Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.               Vice Chairman of the Board
          (Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.)                       and Director

         /s/ R. C. Whitaker                  President and Chief Executive
          (R. C. Whitaker)                       Officer and Director
                                             (Principal Executive Officer)

         /s/ Donald W. Brinckman                       Director
          (Donald W. Brinckman)

         /s/ Raymond F. Farley                         Director
          (Raymond F. Farley)

         /s/ Helen P. Johnson-Leipold                  Director
          (Helen P. Johnson-Leipold)

         /s/ Gregory E. Lawton                         Director
          (Gregory E. Lawton)

         /s/ Glenn N. Rupp                             Director
          (Glenn N. Rupp)

         /s/ Carl G. Schmidt              Senior Vice President and Chief
          (Carl G. Schmidt)                           Financial
                                           Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
                                         (Principal Financial and Accounting
                                                       Officer)
   <PAGE>

   EXHIBIT INDEX

       Exhibits                        Title                        Page
                                                                     No.

         3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company.          *
                  (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form
                  S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-16998, and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

         3.2      Amendment to Bylaws of the Company dated           -
                  October 7, 1997.

         3.3      Bylaws of the Company as amended through           -
                  October 7, 1997.

         4.1      Note Agreement dated May 1, 1993.  (Filed as       *
                  Exhibit 4 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the
                  quarter ended July 2, 1993 and incorporated
                  herein by reference.)

         4.2      Letter Amendment dated September 30, 1993 to       *
                  Note Agreement dated May 1, 1993.  (Filed as
                  Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Form 10-K for
                  the year ended October 1, 1993 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

         4.3      Second Amendment dated October 31, 1996 to         *
                  Note Agreement dated May 1, 1993.  (Filed as
                  Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended December 27, 1996 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)
 
         4.4      Third Amendment dated September 30, 1997 to        -
                  Note Agreement dated May 1, 1993.

         4.5      Fourth Amendment dated October 3, 1997 to          -
                  Note Agreement dated May 1, 1993.

         4.6      Note Agreement dated October 1, 1995.  (Filed      *
                  as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended December 29, 1995 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

         4.7      First Amendment dated October 31, 1996 to          *
                  Note Agreement dated October 1, 1995.  (Filed
                  as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended December 27, 1996 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

         4.8      Second Amendment dated September 30, 1997 to       -
                  Note Agreement dated October 1, 1995.

         4.9      Third Amendment dated October 3, 1997 to Note      -
                  Agreement dated October 1, 1995.

         4.10     Credit Agreement dated November 29, 1995.          *
                  (Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form
                  10-Q for the quarter ended December 29, 1995
                  and incorporated herein by reference.)

         4.11     Amendment No. 1 dated July 1, 1996 to Credit       *
                  Agreement dated November 29, 1995. (Filed as
                  Exhibit 4.7 to the Company's Form 10-K for
                  the year ended September 27, 1996 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

         4.12     Waiver and Amendment No. 2 dated November 6,       -
                  1996 to Credit Agreement dated November 29,
                  1995.

         4.13     Amendment No. 3 dated July 9, 1997 to Credit       -
                  Agreement dated November 29, 1995.

         4.14     Amendment No. 4 dated September 30, 1997 to        -
                  Credit Agreement dated November 29, 1995.

         4.15     Note Agreement dated as of September 15,           -
                  1997.

         9.       Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. Class B         *
                  Common Stock Voting Trust Agreement, dated
                  December 30, 1993 (Filed as Exhibit 9 to the
                  Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                  December 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by
                  reference.)

       10.1       Asset Purchase Agreement between Johnson           *
                  Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Safari Land
                  Ltd., Inc. dated as of March 31, 1995 (Filed
                  as Exhibit 2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended March 31, 1995 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

       10.2       Share Purchase Agreement by and between            *
                  Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., Societe
                  Figeacoise de Participations and Plastimo,
                  S.A., dated as of January 30, 1997.  (Filed
                  as Exhibit 2 to the Company's Form 8-K dated
                  January 30, 1997 and incorporated herein by
                  reference.)

       10.3       Share Purchase Agreement by and between            *
                  Johnson Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Johnson
                  Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Heinz Ruchti
                  and Karl Leeman (the selling shareholders of
                  Uwatec AG), dated July 11, 1997.  (Filed as
                  Exhibit 2 to the Company's Form 8-K dated
                  July 11, 1997 and incorporated herein by
                  reference.)

       10.4+      Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. Amended         *
                  and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan.  (Filed
                  as Exhibit 10 to the Company's Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended July 2, 1993 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

       10.5       Registration Rights Agreement regarding            *
                  Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. Common
                  Stock issued to the Johnson family prior to
                  the acquisition of Johnson Diversified, Inc. 
                  (Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the  Company's Form
                  S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-16998, and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

       10.6       Registration Rights Agreement regarding            *
                  Johnson Worldwide Associate, Inc. Class A
                  Common Stock held by Mr. Samuel C. Johnson. 
                  (Filed as Exhibit 28 to the Company's Form
                  10-Q for the quarter ended March 29, 1991 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

       10.7+      Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.  (Filed        *
                  as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Form S-1
                  Registration Statement No. 33-23299, and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

       10.8+      Form of Supplemental Retirement Agreement of       *
                  Johnson Diversified, Inc.  (Filed as Exhibit
                  10.9 to the Company's Form S-1 Registration
                  Statement No. 33-16998, and incorporated
                  herein by reference.)

       10.9+      Johnson Worldwide Associates Retirement and        *
                  Savings Plan. (Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
                  Company's Form 10-K for the year ended
                  September 29, 1989 and incorporated herein by
                  reference.)

      10.10+      Form of Agreement of Indemnity and                 *
                  Exoneration with Directors and Officers. 
                  (Filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Form
                  S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-16998, and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

      10.11       Consulting and administrative agreements with      *
                  S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.  (Filed as Exhibit
                  10.12 to the Company's Form S-1 Registration
                  Statement No. 33-16998, and incorporated
                  herein by reference.)

      10.12+      Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. 1994 Long-      *
                  Term Stock Incentive Plan.  (Filed as Exhibit
                  4 to the Company's S-8 Registration Statement
                  No. 33-59325 and incorporated herein by
                  reference.)

      10.13+      Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. 1994 Non-       *
                  Employee Director Stock Ownership Plan. 
                  (Filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company's Form S-8
                  Registration Statement No. 33-52073 and
                  incorporated herein by reference.)

      10.14+      Separation agreement, dated July 18, 1996,         *
                  between the Company and John D. Crabb.  
                  (Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Form
                  10-K for the year ended September 27, 1996
                  and incorporated herein by reference.)

      10.15+      Johnson Worldwide Associates Economic Value        -
                  Added Bonus Plan

        11.       Statement regarding computation of per share       *
                  earnings. (Incorporated by reference to Note
                  13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
                  on page 30 of the Company's 1997 Annual
                  Report.)

        13.       Portions of the Johnson Worldwide Associates,      -
                  Inc. 1997 Annual Report that are incorporated
                  herein by reference.

        21.      Subsidiaries of the Company as of October 3,       -
                 1997.

        23.      Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.                  -

        27.      Financial Data Schedule (EDGAR version only)       -

        99.      Definitive Proxy Statement for the 1998            *
                 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (Previously
                 filed via the EDGAR system and incorporated
                 herein by reference.)  Except to the extent
                 incorporated herein by reference, the Proxy
                 Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of
                 Shareholders shall not be deemed to be filed
                 with the Securities and Exchange Commission
                 as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

   *  Incorporated herein by reference.
   +  A management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.



                                                                  EXHIBIT 3.2



                             AMENDMENT TO THE BYLAWS
                      OF JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                         (Amended as of October 7, 1997)

             Section 3.02 was amended to add a new paragraph (e) which reads
   in its entirety as follows:

             (e)  Vice Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors
        may elect a director as Vice Chairman of the Board.  Whenever
        the Chairman is unable to perform his duties for whatever
        reason, or whenever the Chairman requests that the Vice Chairman
        perform such duties on behalf of the Chairman, the Vice Chairman
        shall have full authority to preside at all meetings of the
        shareholders and of the Board of Directors, call meetings of the
        shareholders and the Board of Directors, act as Chairman of the
        Executive Committee, advise and counsel the President and Chief
        Executive Officer, and assume such other duties as the Chairman
        is responsible to perform or as may be assigned to the Vice
        Chairman by the Chairman or the Board of Directors.  The Vice
        Chairman shall be neither an officer nor an employee of the
        corporation (by virtue of his election and service as Vice
        Chairman of the Board) and may use the title Vice Chairman or
        Vice Chairman of the Board interchangeably.


                                                                  Exhibit 3.3

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                       JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                            (A Wisconsin Corporation)

                      (As amended through October 7, 1997)


                                   ARTICLE ONE

                                     Offices

             1.01.  Principal and Business Office.  The corporation may have
   such principal and other business offices, either within or without the
   State of Wisconsin, as the Board of Directors may from time to time
   determine or as the business of the corporation may require from time to
   time.

             1.02.  Registered Office.  The registered office of the
   corporation required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be
   maintained in the State of Wisconsin may be, but need not be, identical
   with the principal office in the State of Wisconsin, and the address of
   the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of
   Directors or by the registered agent.  The business office of the
   registered agent of the corporation shall be identical to such registered
   office.


                                   ARTICLE TWO

                          Meetings of the Shareholders

             2.01.  Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting of the shareholders
   shall be held at such time and date as may be fixed by or under the
   authority of the Board of Directors and as designated in the notice
   thereof, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of
   such other business as may come before the meeting.

             2.02.  Special Meetings.  

             (a)  Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or
   purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the
   Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Board of Directors of
   the corporation.  The Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President
   shall call a special meeting of the shareholders upon demand, in
   accordance with this Section 2.02, of the holders of at least ten percent
   (10%) of all of the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be
   considered at the proposed special meeting. 

             (b)  In order that the corporation may determine the
   shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting, the Board of Directors
   may fix a record date to determine the shareholders entitled to make such
   a demand (the "Demand Record Date").  The Demand Record Date shall not
   precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date
   is adopted by the Board of Directors and shall not be more than 10 days
   after the date upon which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date is
   adopted by the Board of Directors.  Any shareholder of record seeking to
   have shareholders demand a special meeting shall, by sending written
   notice to the Secretary of the corporation by hand or by certified or
   registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors
   to fix a Demand Record Date.  The Board of Directors shall promptly, but
   in all events within 10 days after the date on which a valid request to
   fix a Demand Record Date is received, adopt a resolution fixing the Demand
   Record Date and shall make a public announcement of such Demand Record
   Date.  If no Demand Record Date has been fixed by the Board of Directors
   within 10 days after the date on which such request is received by the
   Secretary, the Demand Record Date shall be the 10th day after the first
   date on which a valid written request to set a Demand Record Date is
   received by the Secretary.  To be valid, such written request shall set
   forth the purpose or purposes for which the special meeting is to be held,
   shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record (or their duly
   authorized proxies or other representatives), shall bear the date of
   signature of each such shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and
   shall set forth all information about each such shareholder and about the
   beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the request is made
   that would be required to be set forth in a shareholder's notice described
   in paragraph (a) (ii) of Section 2.12 of these bylaws.

             (c)  In order for a shareholder or shareholders to demand a
   special meeting, a written demand or demands for a special meeting by the
   holders of record as of the Demand Record Date of shares representing at
   least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be
   considered at the special meeting must be delivered to the corporation. 
   To be valid, each written demand by a shareholder for a special meeting
   shall set forth the specific purpose or purposes for which the special
   meeting is to be held (which purpose or purposes shall be limited to the
   purpose or purposes set forth in the written request to set a Demand
   Record Date received by the corporation pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
   Section 2.02), shall be signed by one or more persons who as of the Demand
   Record Date are shareholders of record (or their duly authorized proxies
   or other representatives), shall bear the date of signature of each such
   shareholder (or proxy or other representative), and shall set forth the
   name and address, as they appear in the corporation's books, of each
   shareholder signing such demand and the class and number of shares of the
   corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such
   shareholder, shall be sent to the Secretary by hand or by certified or
   registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be received by the
   Secretary within 70 days after the Demand Record Date.

             (d)  The corporation shall not be required to call a special
   meeting upon shareholder demand unless, in addition to the documents
   required by paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02, the Secretary receives a
   written agreement signed by each Soliciting Shareholder (as defined
   below), pursuant to which each Soliciting Shareholder, jointly and
   severally, agrees to pay the corporation's costs of holding the special
   meeting, including the costs of preparing and mailing proxy materials for
   the corporation's own solicitation, provided that if each of the
   resolutions introduced by any Soliciting Shareholder at such meeting is
   adopted, and each of the individuals nominated by or on behalf of any
   Soliciting Shareholder for election as a director at such meeting is
   elected, then the Soliciting Shareholders shall not be required to pay
   such costs.  For purposes of this paragraph (d), the following terms shall
   have the meanings set forth below:

               (i)     "Affiliate" of any Person (as defined herein) shall
        mean any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control
        with such first Person.

              (ii)     "Participant" shall have the meaning assigned to such
        term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
        1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

             (iii)     "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,
        partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated
        organization or other entity.

              (iv)     "Proxy" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
        in Rule 14a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

               (v)     "Solicitation" shall have the meaning assigned to such
        term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

              (vi)     "Soliciting Shareholder" shall mean, with respect to
        any Special Meeting demanded by a shareholder or shareholders, any of
        the following Persons:

                  (A)  if the number of shareholders signing the demand
             or demands of meeting delivered to the corporation pursuant
             to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 is 10 or fewer, each
             shareholder signing any such demand;

                  (B)  if the number of shareholders signing the demand
             or demands of meeting delivered to the corporation pursuant
             to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 is more than 10, each
             Person who either (I) was a Participant in any Solicitation
             of such demand or demands or (II) at the time of the
             delivery to the corporation of the documents described in
             paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 had engaged or intended
             to engage in any Solicitation of Proxies for use at such
             Special Meeting (other than a Solicitation of Proxies on
             behalf of the corporation); or

                  (C)  any Affiliate of a Soliciting Shareholder, if a
             majority of the directors then in office determine,
             reasonably and in good faith, that such Affiliate should be
             required to sign the written notice described in paragraph
             (c) of this Section 2.02 and/or the written agreement
             described in this paragraph (d) in order to prevent the
             purposes of this Section 2.02 from being evaded.

             (e)  Except as provided in the following sentence, any special
   meeting shall be held at such hour and day as may be designated by
   whichever of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Board
   of Directors shall have called such meeting.  In the case of any special
   meeting called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President upon
   the demand of shareholders (a "Demand Special Meeting"), such meeting
   shall be held at such hour and day as may be designated by the Board of
   Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Demand Special Meeting
   shall be not more than 70 days after the record date for the meeting (as
   established in Section 2.05 hereof); and provided further that in the
   event that the directors then in office fail to designate an hour and date
   for a Demand Special Meeting within 10 days after the date that valid
   written demands for such meeting by the holders of record as of the Demand
   Record Date of shares representing at least 10% of all the votes entitled
   to be cast on each issue proposed to be considered at the special meeting
   are delivered to the corporation (the "Delivery Date"), then such meeting
   shall be held at 2:00 P.M. local time on the 100th day after the Delivery
   Date or, if such 100th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on
   the first preceding Business Day.  In fixing a meeting date for any
   special meeting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the
   Board of Directors may consider such factors as he or it deems relevant
   within the good faith exercise of his or its business judgment, including,
   without limitation, the nature of the action proposed to be taken, the
   facts and circumstances surrounding any demand for such meeting, and any
   plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special
   meeting for the conduct of related business.

             (f)  The corporation may engage regionally or nationally
   recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as an agent of the
   corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of
   the validity of any purported written demand or demands for a special
   meeting received by the Secretary.  For the purpose of permitting the
   inspectors to perform such review, no purported demand shall be deemed to
   have been delivered to the corporation until the earlier of (i) 5 Business
   Days following receipt by the Secretary of such purported demand and (ii)
   such date as the independent inspectors certify to the corporation that
   the valid demands received by the Secretary represent at least 10% of all
   the votes entitled to be cast on each issue proposed to be considered at
   the special meeting.  Nothing contained in this paragraph (f) shall in any
   way be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of Directors or any
   shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any demand,
   whether during or after such 5 Business Day period, or to take any other
   action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or
   defense of any litigation with respect thereto).

             (g)  For purposes of these bylaws, "Business Day" shall mean any
   day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions
   in the State of Wisconsin are authorized or obligated by law or executive
   order to close.

             2.03.  Place of Meeting.  The Board of Directors, the Chairman
   of the Board, if any, or the President may designate any place, either
   within or without the State of Wisconsin, as the place of meeting for any
   annual or special meeting of the  shareholders.  If no designation is
   made, the place of meeting shall be the principal business office of the
   corporation in the State of Wisconsin.  Any meeting may be adjourned to
   reconvene at any place designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman
   of the Board, if any, or the President.

             2.04.  Notice.  Written or printed notice of every annual or
   special meeting of the shareholders, stating the place, date and time of
   such meeting shall be delivered not less than ten nor more than sixty days
   before the date of the meeting (unless a different period is required by
   the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or the Articles of Incorporation),
   either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Board of
   Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or Secretary,
   to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and to
   other shareholders as may be required by the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law.  In the event of any Demand Special Meeting, such notice
   of meeting shall be sent not more than 30 days after the Delivery Date. 
   Notices which are mailed shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in
   the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at his or her address
   as it appears on the stock record books of the corporation, with postage
   thereon prepaid.  Unless otherwise required by the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law or the articles of incorporation of the corporation, a
   notice of an annual meeting need not include a description of the purpose
   for which the meeting is called.  In the case of any special meeting, (a)
   the notice of meeting shall describe any business that the Board of
   Directors shall have theretofore determined to bring before the meeting
   and (b) in the case of a Demand Special Meeting, the notice of meeting (i)
   shall describe any business set forth in the statement of purpose of the
   demands received by the corporation in accordance with Section 2.02 of
   these bylaws and (ii) shall contain all of the information required in the
   notice received by the corporation in accordance with Section 2.12(b) of
   these bylaws.  If an annual or special meeting of the shareholders is
   adjourned to a different place, date or time, the corporation shall not be
   required to give notice of the new place, date or time if the new place,
   date or time is announced at the meeting before adjournment; provided,
   however, that if a new record date for an adjourned meeting is or must be
   fixed, the corporation shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to
   persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.

             2.05.  Fixing of Record Date.  The Board of Directors may fix in
   advance a date not less than ten days and not more than seventy days prior
   to the date of any annual or special meeting of the shareholders as the
   record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice
   of and to vote at such meeting.  In the case of any Demand Special
   Meeting, (i) the meeting record date shall be not later than the 30th day
   after the Delivery Date and (ii) if the Board of Directors fails to fix
   the meeting record date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the
   close of business on such 30th day shall be the meeting record date.  If
   no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law for the determination of the shareholders
   entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of shareholders, the record
   date shall be the close of business on the day before the first notice is
   given to shareholders.  The Board of Directors may also fix in advance a
   date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders
   entitled to demand a special meeting as contemplated by Section 2.02 of
   these bylaws, shareholders to take any other action or shareholders for
   any other purposes.  Such record date shall not be more than seventy days
   prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such
   determination of shareholders, is to be taken.  If no record date is fixed
   by the Board of Directors or by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law for
   the determination of shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting as
   contemplated in Section 2.02 of these bylaws, the record date shall be the
   date that the first shareholder signs the demand.  The record date for
   determining shareholders entitled to a distribution (other than a
   distribution involving a purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the
   corporation's shares) or a share dividend is the date on which the Board
   of Directors authorized the distribution or share dividend, as the case
   may be, unless the Board of Directors fixes a different record date. 
   Except as provided by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law for a court-
   ordered adjournment, a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of
   and to vote at a meeting of the shareholders is effective for any
   adjournment of such meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new
   record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more
   than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.  

             2.06.  Shareholder Lists.  After a record date for a special or
   annual meeting of the shareholders has been fixed, the corporation shall
   prepare a list of the names of all of the shareholders entitled to notice
   of the meeting.  The list shall be arranged by class or series of shares,
   if any, and show the address of and number of shares held by each
   shareholder.  Such list shall be available for inspection by any
   shareholder, beginning two business days after notice of the meeting is
   given for which the list was prepared and continuing to the date of the
   meeting, at the corporation's principal office or at a place identified in
   the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held.  A
   shareholder or his agent may, on written demand, inspect and, subject to
   the limitations imposed by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, copy
   the list, during regular business hours and at his or her expense, during
   the period that it is available for inspection pursuant to this Section
   2.06.  The corporation shall make the shareholders' list available at the
   meeting and any shareholder or his or her agent or attorney may inspect
   the list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment thereof. 
   Refusal or failure to prepare or make available the shareholders' list
   shall not affect the validity of any action taken at a meeting of the
   shareholders.  

             2.07.  Quorum and Voting Requirements; Postponements;
   Adjournments.  

             (a)  Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group may take
   action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum of those shares exists
   with respect to that matter.  If at any time the corporation has only one
   class of common stock outstanding, such class shall constitute a separate
   voting group for purposes of this Section 2.07.  Except as otherwise
   provided in the Articles of Incorporation, any bylaw adopted under
   authority granted in the Articles of Incorporation or by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on
   the matter shall constitute a quorum of the voting group for action on
   that matter.  Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting,
   other than for the purpose of objecting to holding the meeting or
   transacting business at the meeting, it is considered present for purposes
   of determining whether a quorum exists for the remainder of the meeting
   and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or
   must be set for the adjourned meeting.  If a quorum exists, except in the
   case of the election of directors, action on a matter shall be approved if
   the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the
   votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the
   Articles of Incorporation, any bylaw adopted under authority granted in
   the Articles of Incorporation or the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law
   requires a greater number of affirmative votes.  Unless otherwise provided
   in the Articles of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a
   plurality of the votes cast within the voting group entitled to vote in
   the election of such directors at a meeting at which a quorum is present. 
   For purposes of this Section 2.08, "plurality" means that the individuals
   who receive the largest number of votes cast, within the voting group
   entitled to vote in the election of such directors, are elected as
   directors up to the maximum number of directors to be chosen at the
   meeting by such voting group.  

             (b)  The Board of Directors acting by resolution may postpone
   and reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting or special meeting;
   provided, however, that a Demand Special Meeting shall not be postponed
   beyond the 100th day following the Delivery Date.  Any annual meeting or
   special meeting may be adjourned from time to time, whether or not there
   is a quorum, (i) at any time, upon a resolution of shareholders if the
   votes cast in favor of such resolution by the holders of shares of each
   voting group entitled to vote on any matter theretofore properly brought
   before the meeting exceed the number of votes cast against such resolution
   by the holders of shares of each such voting group or (ii) at any time
   prior to the transaction of any business at such meeting, by the Chairman
   of the Board or the President or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of
   Directors. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be
   given except as required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.  At
   such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented,
   any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the
   meeting as originally notified, provided that no business shall be
   transacted at such adjourned meeting on which any class of stock is
   entitled to be voted which class shall not have been permitted to
   participate in the vote to adjourn the meeting.

             2.08.  Proxies.   At all meetings of the shareholders, a
   shareholder entitled to vote may vote either in person or by proxy.  A
   shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the
   shareholder by signing an appointment form, either personally or by his or
   her attorney-in-fact.  An appointment of a proxy is effective when
   received by the Secretary or other officer or agent of the corporation
   authorized to tabulate votes.  An appointment is valid for eleven months
   from the date of its signing unless a different period is expressly
   provided in the appointment form.  Unless otherwise conspicuously stated
   on the appointment form, a proxy may be revoked at any time before it is
   voted, either by written notice delivered to the Secretary or other
   officer or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes or by
   oral notice given by the shareholder to the presiding person during the
   meeting.  The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to
   make rules establishing presumptions as to the validity and sufficiency of
   proxies.

             2.09.  Conduct of Meetings.  The Chairman of the Board, if any,
   and in his absence the President, shall call the meeting of the
   shareholders to order, shall act as chairman of the meeting and shall
   otherwise preside at the meeting.  In the absence of the Chairman of the
   Board, if any, and the President, a person designated by the Board of
   Directors shall preside.  The person presiding at any meeting of the
   shareholders shall have the power to determine (i) whether and to what
   extent proxies presented at the meeting shall be recognized as valid, (ii)
   the procedure for tabulating votes at such meeting, (iii) procedures for
   the conduct of such meeting, and (iv) any questions which may be raised at
   such meeting.  The person presiding at any meeting of the shareholders
   shall have the right to delegate any of the powers contemplated by this
   Section 2.09 to such other person or persons as the person presiding deems
   desirable.  The Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of all
   meetings of shareholders, but, in the absence of the Secretary, the
   presiding person may appoint any other person to act as secretary of the
   meeting.

             2.10.  Acceptance of Instruments Showing Shareholder Action.  If
   the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment
   corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in
   good faith, may accept the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and
   give it effect as the act of a shareholder.  If the name signed on a vote,
   consent, waiver or proxy appointment does not correspond to the name of a
   shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, may accept the
   vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act
   of the shareholder if any of the following apply: 

             (a)  The shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports
   to be that of an officer or agent of the entity.

             (b)  The name purports to be that of a personal representative,
   administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the
   shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status
   acceptable to the corporation is presented with respect to the vote,
   consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (c)  The name signed purports to be that of a receiver or
   trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
   evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation is presented with
   respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (d)  The name signed purports to be that of a pledgee,
   beneficial owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the
   corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the
   signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder is presented with
   respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (e)  Two or more persons are the shareholders as co-tenants or
   fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of
   the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all
   co-owners.

   The corporation may reject a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment if
   the Secretary or other officer or agent of the corporation who is
   authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis
   for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the
   signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.

             2.11.  Waiver of Notice by Shareholders.  A shareholder may
   waive any notice required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, the
   Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws before or after the date and
   time stated in the notice.  The waiver shall be in writing and signed by
   the shareholder entitled to the notice, contain the same information that
   would have been required in the notice under applicable provisions of the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (except that the time and place of the
   meeting need not be stated) and be delivered to the corporation for
   inclusion in the corporate records.  A shareholder's attendance at a
   meeting, in person or by proxy, waives objection to all of the following: 
   (a) lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the
   shareholder at the beginning of the meeting or promptly on arrival objects
   to holding the meeting or transaction business at the meeting; and (b)
   consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the
   purpose described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to
   considering the matter when it is presented.

             2.12.  Notice of Shareholder Business and Nomination of
   Directors.

             (a)  Annual Meetings.

               (i)     Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
        Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be
        considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting (A)
        pursuant to the corporation's notice of meeting, (B) by or at the
        direction of the Board of Directors or (C) by any shareholder of the
        corporation who is a shareholder of record at the time of giving of
        notice provided for in this by-law and who is entitled to vote at the
        meeting and complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
        Section 2.12.

              (ii)     For nominations or other business to be properly
        brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause
        (C) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.12, the shareholder must
        have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the
        corporation.  To be timely, a shareholder's notice shall be received
        by the Secretary of the corporation at the principal offices of the
        corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to the date of such
        annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later
        of (x) the 60th day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the 10th day
        following the day on which public announcement of the date of such
        meeting is first made.  Such shareholder's notice shall be signed by
        the shareholder of record who intends to make the nomination or
        introduce the other business (or his duly authorized proxy or other
        representative), shall bear the date of signature of such shareholder
        (or proxy or other representative) and shall set forth: (A) the name
        and address, as they appear on this corporation's books, of such
        shareholder and the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose
        behalf the nomination or proposal is made; (B) the class and number
        of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such
        shareholder or beneficial owner or owners; (C) a representation that
        such shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the corporation
        entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or
        by proxy at the meeting to make the nomination or introduce the other
        business specified in the notice; (D) in the case of any proposed
        nomination for election or re-election as a director, (I) the name
        and residence address of the person or persons to be nominated, (II)
        a description of all arrangements or understandings between such
        shareholder or beneficial owner or owners and each nominee and any
        other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to
        which the nomination is to be made by such shareholder, (III) such
        other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder
        as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
        elections of directors, or would be otherwise required to be
        disclosed, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange
        Act, including any information that would be required to be included
        in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the nominee
        been nominated by the Board of Directors and (IV) the written consent
        of each nominee to be named in a proxy statement and to serve as a
        director of the corporation if so elected; and (E) in the case of any
        other business that such shareholder proposes to bring before the
        meeting, (I) a brief description of the business desired to be
        brought before the meeting and, if such business includes a proposal
        to amend these bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment, (II)
        such shareholder's and beneficial owner's or owners' reasons for
        conducting such business at the meeting and (III) any material
        interest in such business of such shareholder and beneficial owner or
        owners.

             (iii)     Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of
        paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.12 to the contrary, in the event
        that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors
        of the corporation is increased and there is no public announcement
        naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the
        increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least 60 days
        prior to the annual meeting, a shareholder's notice required by this
        Section 2.12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect
        to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it
        shall be received by the Secretary at the principal offices of the
        corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day
        following the day on which such public announcement is first made by
        the corporation.

             (b)  Special Meetings.  Only such business shall be conducted at
   a special meeting as shall have been described in the notice of meeting
   sent to shareholders pursuant to Section 2.04 of these bylaws. 
   Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made
   at a special meeting at which directors are to be elected pursuant to such
   notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or
   (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation who (A) is a shareholder of
   record at the time of giving of such notice of meeting, (B) is entitled to
   vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures set forth
   in this Section 2.12.  Any shareholder desiring to nominate persons for
   election to the Board of Directors at such a special meeting shall cause a
   written notice to be received by the Secretary of the corporation at the
   principal offices of the corporation not earlier than 90 days prior to
   such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later
   of (x) the 60th day prior to such special meeting and (y) the 10th day
   following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date
   of such special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of
   Directors to be elected at such meeting.  Such written notice shall be
   signed by the shareholder of record who intends to make the nomination (or
   his duly authorized proxy or other representative), shall bear the date of
   signature of such shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and shall
   set forth: (A) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's
   books, of such shareholder and the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on
   whose behalf the nomination is made; (B) the class and number of shares of
   the corporation which are beneficially owned by such shareholder or
   beneficial owner or owners; (C) a representation that such shareholder is
   a holder of record of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at such
   meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make
   the nomination specified in the notice; (D) the name and residence address
   of the person or persons to be nominated; (E) a description of all
   arrangements or understandings between such shareholder or beneficial
   owner or owners and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming
   such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by
   such shareholder; (F) such other information regarding each nominee
   proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be disclosed in
   solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or would be otherwise
   required to be disclosed, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under
   the Exchange Act, including any information that would be required to be
   included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the
   nominee been nominated by the Board of Directors; and (G) the written
   consent of each nominee to be named in a proxy statement and to serve as a
   director of the corporation if so elected.

             (c)  General.

               (i)     Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the
        procedures set forth in this Section 2.12 shall be eligible to serve
        as directors. Only such business shall be conducted at an annual
        meeting or special meeting as shall have been brought before such
        meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section
        2.12.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to
        determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought
        before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set
        forth in this Section 2.12 and, if any proposed nomination or
        business is not in compliance with this Section 2.12, to declare that
        such defective proposal shall be disregarded.

              (ii)     For purposes of this Section 2.12, "public
        announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by
        the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national
        news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with
        the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or
        15(d) of the Exchange Act.

             (iii)     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
        Section 2.12, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable
        requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
        thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section
        2.12.  Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall be deemed to limit the
        corporation's obligation to include shareholder proposals in its
        proxy statement if such inclusion is required by Rule 14a-8 under the
        Exchange Act.


                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                    Directors

             3.01.  General Powers.  All corporate powers shall be exercised
   by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the
   corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the corporation's
   Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authorities expressly
   conferred upon it by these bylaws, the Board of Directors may do all such
   lawful acts and things as are not by the Wisconsin Business Corporation
   Law, the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws directed or required to
   be exercised or done by the shareholders.

             3.02.  Number of Directorship Positions; Chairman of the Board.

             (a)  Number of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided in
   paragraph (c) of this Section 3.02, the number of directors of the
   corporation shall be six (6), or such other specific number as from time
   to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

             (b)  Board of Directors' Power to Alter the Number of Directors. 
   The Board of Directors shall have the power (subject to any limitations
   prescribed by the Articles of Incorporation) by a resolution adopted by
   not less than a majority of all directors serving on the Board of
   Directors at the time of such adoption to alter at any time and from time
   to time the number of total directorship positions on the Board of
   Directors.  Upon the adoption of any resolution in the manner provided in
   the preceding sentence, the total number of directorship positions on the
   Board of Directors shall be equal to the number specified in such
   resolution.  If the Board of Directors shall determine to reduce the
   number of directorship positions, then the term of each incumbent member
   shall end upon the election of directors at the next annual meeting of
   shareholders of the corporation and the persons elected to fill such
   reduced number of directorship positions shall be deemed to be the
   successors to all persons who shall have previously held such directorship
   positions.

             (c)  Default.  In the event that the corporation is in Default
   (as defined in the Articles of Incorporation) in payment of dividends on
   the 13% Senior Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the
   corporation (the "Senior Preferred Stock") or any stock on a parity with
   the Senior Preferred Stock as to dividends and the holders of such stock
   become entitled to elect two directors pursuant to Article Five, paragraph
   A(2)(a)(iii) of the Articles of Incorporation, the number of total
   directorship positions on the Board of Directors shall increase by two
   effective as of the time that the holders of such stock elect two
   directors pursuant to Article Five, paragraph A(2)(a)(iii) of the Articles
   of Incorporation.  When the Default is "cured" (as defined in the Articles
   of Incorporation) or there is no longer any Senior Preferred Stock or any
   stock on a parity with the Senior Preferred Stock outstanding, whichever
   occurs earlier, the two directors elected pursuant to Article Five,
   paragraph A(2)(a)(iii) of the Articles of Incorporation shall resign and
   the total number of directorship positions shall be decreased by two
   effective as of the date of the last such resignation.

             (d)  Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors may elect a
   director as the Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall,
   when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board
   of Directors, may call meetings of the shareholders and the Board of
   Directors, shall be the Chairman of the Executive Committee, shall advise
   and counsel with the President, and shall perform such other duties as set
   forth in these bylaws and as determined by the Board of Directors.  Except
   as provided in this paragraph (d), the Chairman shall be neither an
   officer nor an employee of the corporation (by virtue of his election and
   service as Chairman of the Board) and may use the title Chairman or
   Chairman of the Board interchangeably.  During the absence or disability
   of the President, or while that office is vacant, the Chairman shall
   exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the
   President.

             (e)  Vice Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors may
   elect a director as Vice Chairman of the Board.  Whenever the Chairman is
   unable to perform his duties for whatever reason, or whenever the Chairman
   requests that the Vice Chairman perform such duties on behalf of the
   Chairman, the Vice Chairman shall have full authority to preside at all
   meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, call meetings
   of the shareholders and the Board of Directors, act as Chairman of the
   Executive Committee, advise and counsel the President and Chief Executive
   Officer, and assume such other duties as the Chairman is responsible to
   perform or as may be assigned to the Vice Chairman by the Chairman or the
   Board of Directors.  The Vice Chairman shall be neither an officer nor an
   employee of the corporation (by virtue of his election and service as Vice
   Chairman of the Board) and may use the title Vice Chairman or Vice
   Chairman of the Board interchangeably.

             3.03.  Tenure and Qualifications.  Each director shall hold
   office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until his
   successor shall have been elected and, if necessary, qualified, or until
   his prior death, resignation or removal.  A director may be removed by the
   shareholders only at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose
   of removing the director, and the meeting notice shall state that the
   purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is the removal of the
   director.  A director may be removed from office with or without cause
   only by the voting group entitled to vote in the election of such
   director.  A director shall be removed if the number of votes cast to
   remove the director exceeds the number of votes cast not to remove such
   director.  A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice
   which complies with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to the Board of
   Directors, to the Chairman of the Board, if any, or to the corporation.  A
   director's resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless
   the notice specifies a later effective date.  Directors need not be
   residents of the State of Wisconsin or shareholders of the corporation.

             3.04.  Regular Meetings.  The Board of Directors shall provide,
   by resolution, the date, time and place, either within or without the
   State of Wisconsin, for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of
   Directors without other notice than such resolution.

             3.05.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of
   Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board,
   if any, the President or any three directors.  The Chairman of the Board,
   if any, or the President may fix the time, date and place, either within
   or without the State of Wisconsin, for holding any special meeting of the
   Board of Directors, and if no other place is fixed, the place of the
   meeting shall be the principal business office of the corporation in the
   State of Wisconsin.

             3.06.  Notice; Waiver.  Notice of each special meeting of the
   Board of Directors shall be given (a) by oral notice delivered or
   communicated to the director by telephone or in person not less than
   twenty-four hours prior to the meeting or (b) by written notice delivered
   to the director in person, by telegram, teletype, facsimile or other form
   of wire or wireless communication, or by mail or private carrier, to each
   director at his business address or at such other address as the person
   sending such notice shall reasonably believe appropriate, in each case not
   less than forty-eight hours prior to the meeting.  The notice need not
   prescribe the purpose of the special meeting of the Board of Directors or
   the business to be transacted at such meeting.  If given by telegram, such
   notice shall be deemed to be effective when the telegram is delivered to
   the telegraph company.  If given by teletype, facsimile or other wire or
   wireless communication, such notice shall be deemed to be effective when
   transmitted.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be effective when
   deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon
   prepaid.  If given by private carrier, such notice shall be deemed to be
   effective when delivered to the private carrier.  Whenever any notice
   whatever is required to be given to any director of the corporation under
   the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws or any provision of the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at
   any time, whether before or after the date and time of meeting, by the
   director entitled to such notice shall be deemed equivalent to the timely
   giving of such notice.  The corporation shall retain any such waiver as
   part of the permanent corporate records.  A director's attendance at or
   participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him or her of the
   meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting or promptly
   upon his or her arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting
   business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to
   action taken at the meeting.

             3.07.  Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
   Incorporation or these bylaws or by the Wisconsin Business Corporation
   Law, directors holding a majority of the positions on the Board of
   Directors established pursuant to Section 3.02 of these bylaws shall
   constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the
   Board of Directors.  A majority of the directors present (though less than
   a quorum) may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors from time to
   time without further notice.

             3.08.  Manner of Acting.  The affirmative vote of a majority of
   the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which a
   quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, the Articles of Incorporation or these
   bylaws require the vote of a greater number of directors.

             3.09.  Presumption of Assent.  A director who is present and is
   announced as present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any
   committee thereof created in accordance with Article IV of these bylaws,
   when corporate action is taken on a particular matter, assents to the
   action taken unless any of the following occurs:  (a) the director objects
   at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon his or her arrival to
   holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; (b) the
   director dissents or abstains from an action taken and minutes of the
   meeting are prepared that show the director's dissent or abstention from
   the action taken; (c) the director delivers written notice that complies
   with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law of his or her dissent or
   abstention from the action taken on the particular matter to the presiding
   person of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation
   immediately after adjournment of the meeting; or (d) the director dissents
   or abstains from an action taken, minutes of the meeting are prepared that
   fail to show the director's dissent or abstention from the action taken,
   and the director delivers to the corporation a written notice of that
   failure that complies with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law promptly
   after receiving the minutes.  Such right of dissent or abstention shall
   not apply to a director who votes in favor of the action taken on the
   particular matter.

             3.10.  Action by Directors Without a Meeting.  Any action
   required or permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, these bylaws or
   the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be taken at any meeting of the
   Board of Directors or any committee thereof created pursuant to Article IV
   of these bylaws may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by
   all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may
   be.  The action shall be evidenced by one or more written consents
   describing the action taken, signed by each director or committee member,
   as the case may be, and retained by the corporation.  In the event one or
   more positions on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof shall be
   vacant at the time of the execution of any such consent, such consent
   shall nevertheless be effective if it shall be signed by all persons
   serving as members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the
   case may be, at such time and if the persons signing the consent would be
   able to take the action called for by the consent at a properly
   constituted meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the
   case may be.

             3.11.  Compensation.  The Board of Directors, irrespective of
   any personal interest of any of its members, may establish reasonable
   compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors
   or may delegate such authority to an appropriate committee of the Board of
   Directors.  The Board of Directors also shall have authority to provide
   for or delegate authority to an appropriate committee of the Board of
   Directors to provide for reasonable pensions, disability or death
   benefits, and other benefits or payments, to directors, officers and
   employees and to their estates, families, dependents or beneficiaries on
   account of prior services rendered by such directors, officers and
   employees to the corporation.

             3.12.  Telephonic Meetings.  Except as herein provided and
   notwithstanding any place set forth in the notice of the meeting or these
   bylaws, members of the Board of Directors (and any committees thereof
   created pursuant to Article IV hereof) may participate in regular or
   special meetings by, or through the use of, any means of communication by
   which (a) all participants may simultaneously hear each other, such as by
   conference telephone, or (b) all communication is immediately transmitted
   to each participant, and each participant can immediately send messages to
   all other participants.  If a meeting is conducted by such means, then at
   the commencement of such meeting the presiding person shall inform the
   participating directors that a meeting is taking place at which official
   business may be transacted.  Any participant in a meeting by such means
   shall be deemed present in person at such meeting.  Notwithstanding the
   foregoing, no action may be taken at any meeting held by such means on any
   particular matter which the presiding person determines, in his or her
   sole discretion, to be inappropriate under the circumstances for action at
   a meeting held by such means.  Such determination shall be made and
   announced in advance of such meeting.

             3.13.  Conduct of Meetings.  The Chairman of the Board, if any,
   and in his or her absence, the President, and in their absence, any
   director chosen by the directors present, shall call meetings of the Board
   of Directors to order, shall act as chairman of the meeting and shall
   otherwise preside at the meeting.  The Secretary of the corporation shall
   act as secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors but in the
   absence of the Secretary, the presiding person may appoint any other
   person present to act as secretary of the meeting.  Minutes of any regular
   or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be prepared and
   distributed to each director.


                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                      Committees of the Board of Directors

             4.01.  General.

             (a)  Establishment.  The Board of Directors by resolution
   adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the directors then
   in office pursuant to Section 3.02 of these bylaws may establish one or
   more committees, each committee to consist of two or more directors of
   this corporation elected by the Board of Directors.  The term "Board
   Committee" as used in these bylaws means any committee comprised
   exclusively of directors of the corporation which is identified as a
   "Board Committee" either in these bylaws or in any resolutions adopted by
   the Board of Directors.

             (b)  Membership.  The Board of Directors by resolution adopted
   by the affirmative vote of a majority of all directors then in office
   shall have the power to:  (i) establish the number of membership positions
   on each Board Committee from time to time and change the number of
   membership positions on such Committee from time to time; provided each
   Board Committee shall consist of at least two members; (ii) appoint any
   director to membership on any Board Committee who shall be willing to
   serve on such Committee; (iii) remove any person from membership on any
   Board Committee with or without cause; and (iv) appoint any director to
   membership on any Board Committee as an alternate member.  A person's
   membership on any Board Committee shall automatically terminate when such
   person ceases to be a director of the corporation.

             (c)  Powers.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.01(d) of
   these bylaws, each Board Committee shall have and may exercise all the
   powers and authority of the Board of Directors, when the Board of
   Directors is not in session, in the management of the business and affairs
   of the corporation to the extent (but only to the extent) such powers
   shall be expressly delegated to it by the Board of Directors or by these
   bylaws.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in creating
   the committee, a committee may employ counsel, accountants and other
   consultants to assist it in the exercise of its authority.

             (d)  Reserved Powers.  No Board Committee shall have the right
   or power to do any of the following:  (i) authorize distributions; (ii)
   approve or propose to shareholders action that the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law requires to be approved by shareholders; (iii) fill
   vacancies on the Board of Directors, or, unless the Board of Directors
   provides by resolution that vacancies on a committee shall be filled by
   the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining committee members, on
   any Board Committee; (iv) amend the Articles of Incorporation; (v) adopt,
   amend or repeal these bylaws; (vi) approve a plan of merger not requiring
   shareholder approval; (vii) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares,
   except according to a formula or method prescribed by the Board of
   Directors; and (viii) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or
   contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative
   rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except
   that the Board of Directors may authorize a committee to do so within
   limits prescribed by the Board of Directors.

             (e)  Vote Required.  Except as provided by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law or in the Articles of Incorporation or these
   bylaws, the members holding at least a majority of the membership
   positions on any Board Committee shall constitute a quorum for purposes of
   any meeting of such committee.  The affirmative vote of the majority of
   the members of a Board Committee present at any meeting of the Board
   Committee at which a quorum is present shall be necessary and sufficient
   to approve any action within the Board Committee's power, and any action
   so approved by such a majority shall be deemed to have been taken by the
   Board Committee and to be the act of such Board Committee.

             (f)  Governance.  The Board of Directors may designate the
   person who is to serve as chairman of and preside over any Board
   Committee, and in the absence of any such designation by the Board of
   Directors, the members of the Board Committee may either designate one
   member of the Board Committee as its chairman to preside at any meeting or
   elect to operate without a chairman, except as otherwise required by these
   bylaws.  Each Board Committee may appoint a secretary who need not be a
   member of the Committee or a member of the Board of Directors.  Each Board
   Committee shall have the right to establish such rules and procedures
   governing its meetings and operations as such committee shall deem
   desirable provided such rules and procedures shall not be inconsistent
   with the Articles of Incorporation, these bylaws, or any direction to such
   committee issued by the Board of Directors.

             (g)  Alternate Committee Members.  The Board of Directors may
   designate one or more directors as alternate members of any Board
   Committee, and any such director may replace any regular member of such
   Board Committee who for any reason is absent from a meeting of such Board
   Committee or is otherwise disqualified from serving on such Board
   Committee.

             4.02.  Executive Committee.  The corporation shall have an
   Executive Committee.  The Executive Committee shall be a Board Committee
   and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4.01 of these bylaws. 
   The Executive Committee shall assist the Board of Directors in developing
   and evaluating general corporate policies and objectives.  The Executive
   Committee shall perform such specific assignments as shall be expressly
   delegated to it from time to time by the Board of Directors and shall
   (subject to the limitations specified in Section 4.01(d) of these bylaws
   or imposed by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law) have the power to
   exercise, when the Board of Directors is not in session, the powers of the
   Board of Directors except to the extent expressly limited or precluded
   from exercising such powers in resolutions from time to time adopted by
   the Board of Directors.  Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called
   at any time by any two members of the Committee.  The time and place for
   each meeting shall be established by the members calling the meeting.  The
   Chairman of the Board, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the
   Executive Committee.

             4.03.  Audit Committee.  The corporation shall have an Audit
   Committee.  The Audit Committee shall be a Board Committee and shall be
   subject to the provisions of Section 4.01 of these bylaws.  The Audit
   Committee shall:  (a) recommend to the Board of Directors annually a firm
   of independent public accountants to act as auditors of the corporation;
   (b) review with the auditors in advance the scope of their annual audit;
   (c) review with the auditors and the management, from time to time, the
   corporation's accounting principles, policies and practices and its
   reporting policies and practices; (d) review with the auditors annually
   the results of their audit; (e) review from time to time with the auditors
   and the corporation's financial personnel the adequacy of the
   corporation's accounting, financial and operating controls; (f) review
   transactions between the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation
   and any shareholder who holds at least fifty percent of the total number
   of shares outstanding of the corporation's Class A Common Stock or Class B
   Common Stock (a "Controlling Shareholder") or any subsidiary of a
   Controlling Shareholder in accordance with policies adopted by the Board
   of Directors; and (g) perform such other duties as shall from time to time
   be delegated to the Committee by the Board of Directors.  The membership
   of the Audit Committee shall always be such that a majority of the members
   of the Audit Committee shall not be full-time employees of any Controlling
   Shareholder, the corporation or any of their respective subsidiaries. 
   Within the limitations prescribed in the preceding sentence, the
   membership on the Audit Committee shall be determined by the Board of
   Directors as provided in Section 4.01 of these bylaws.

             4.04.  Compensation Committee.  The corporation shall have a
   Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee shall be a Board
   Committee and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4.01 of these
   bylaws.  The Compensation Committee shall have the authority to establish
   the compensation and benefits for directors, officers and, at the option
   of the Compensation Committee, other managerial personnel of the
   corporation and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, fixing
   the cash compensation of such persons, establishing and administering
   compensation and benefit plans for such persons and determining awards
   thereunder, and entering into (or amending existing) employment and
   compensation agreements with any such persons.  The Compensation Committee
   may also recommend persons to be elected as officers of the corporation or
   any of its subsidiaries to the Board of Directors.  The Compensation
   Committee shall perform such other duties as shall from time to time be
   delegated to the Compensation Committee by the Board of Directors.  The
   authority of the Compensation Committee shall be subject to such
   limitations and restrictions as may be imposed by the Board of Directors,
   which may delegate the authority to establish or administer specific
   employee compensation or benefit plans to one or more other Board
   Committees or one or more persons designated by the Board of Directors. 
   The Compensation Committee shall consist solely of members of the Board of
   Directors who are not officers of the corporation.  The membership of the
   Compensation Committee shall be determined by the Board of Directors as
   provided in Section 4.01 of these bylaws.


                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                                    Officers

             5.01.  Number.  The principal officers of the corporation shall
   be appointed by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a President,
   one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  Such other
   officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable
   may be appointed by the Board of Directors.  The President must be a
   member of the Board of Directors, but no other officer need be a member of
   the Board of Directors.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same
   person.  In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill
   any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except the principal
   offices of President, Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary.  The Board
   of Directors may authorize any officer to appoint one or more officers or
   assistant officers.

             5.02.  Appointment and Term of Office.  The officers of the
   corporation to be appointed by the Board of Directors shall be appointed
   annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the
   annual meeting of shareholders.  If the appointment of officers shall not
   occur at such meeting, such appointment shall occur as soon thereafter as
   conveniently may be.  Each officer shall hold office until the earlier of: 
   (a) the time at which a successor is duly appointed and, if necessary,
   qualified, or (b) his or her death, resignation or removal as hereinafter
   provided.  The Board of Directors shall have the right to enter into
   employment contracts providing for the employment of any officer for a
   term longer than one year, but no such contract shall preclude the Board
   of Directors from removing any person from any position with the
   corporation whenever in the judgment of the Board of Directors the best
   interests of the corporation would be served thereby.

             5.03.  Removal.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer
   and, unless restricted by the Board of Directors or these bylaws, an
   officer may remove any officer appointed by that officer, at any time,
   with or without cause and notwithstanding the contract rights, if any, of
   the officer removed.  The appointment of an officer does not of itself
   create contract rights.

             5.04.  Resignation.  An officer may resign at any time by
   delivering notice to the corporation that complies with the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law.  The resignation shall be effective when the
   notice is delivered, unless the notice specifies a later effective date
   and the corporation accepts the later effective date.

             5.05.  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any principal office because of
   death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, shall be
   filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term. 
   If a resignation of an officer is effective at a later date as
   contemplated by Section 5.04 of these bylaws, the Board of Directors may
   fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board provides
   that the successor may not take office until the effective date.

             5.06.  General Powers of Officers.  For purposes of these
   bylaws, the corporation's President and each Vice President shall be
   deemed to be a "senior officer".  Whenever any resolution adopted by the
   corporation's shareholders, Board of Directors or Board Committee shall
   authorize the "proper" or "appropriate" officers of the corporation to
   execute any note, contract or other document or to take any other action
   or shall generally authorize any action without specifying the officer or
   officers authorized to take such action, any senior officer acting alone
   and without countersignatures may take such action on behalf of the
   corporation.  Any officer of the corporation may on behalf of the
   corporation sign contracts, reports to governmental agencies, or other
   instruments which are in the regular course of business, except where the
   signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of
   Directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the
   corporation, or shall be required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation
   Law or other applicable law to be otherwise signed or executed.

             5.07.  The President.  The President shall be the chief
   executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the
   Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the
   business and affairs of the corporation.  He shall, when present, in the
   absence of the Chairman of the Board, if any, preside at all meetings of
   the shareholders.  In general he shall perform all duties incident to the
   office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be
   prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.  During the
   absence or disability of the President, or while that office is vacant,
   the Chairman of the Board shall exercise all of the powers and discharge
   all of the duties of the President.  The Board of Directors may authorize
   the Chairman of the Board to appoint one or more officers or assistant
   officers to perform the duties of the President during the absence or
   disability of the President, or while that office is vacant.

             5.08.  Vice Presidents.  Each Vice President shall perform such
   duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors may from time to
   time prescribe.  The Board of Directors may designate any Vice President
   as being senior in rank or degree of responsibility and may accord such a
   Vice President an appropriate title designating his senior rank such as
   "Executive Vice President" or "Senior Vice President" or "Group Vice
   President".  The Board of Directors may assign a certain Vice President
   responsibility for a designated group, division or function of the
   corporation's business and add an appropriate descriptive designation to
   his title.

             5.09.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall (subject to the control
   of the Board of Directors):  (a) keep the minutes of the shareholders' and
   the Board of Directors' meetings in one or more books provided for that
   purpose (including records of actions taken without a meeting); (b) see
   that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these
   bylaws or as required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law; (c) be
   custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and
   see that the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents, the
   execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly
   authorized; (d) maintain a record of the shareholders of the corporation
   in a form that permits preparation of a list of the names and address of
   all shareholders by class or series of shares and showing the number and
   class or series of shares held by each shareholder; (e) have general
   charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; (f) supply in such
   circumstances as the Secretary deems appropriate to any governmental
   agency or other person a copy of any resolution adopted by the
   corporation's shareholders, Board of Directors or Board Committee, any
   corporate record or document, or other information concerning the
   corporation and its officers and certify on behalf of the corporation as
   to the accuracy and completeness of the resolution, record, document or
   information supplied; and (g) in general, perform all duties incident to
   the office of Secretary and perform such other duties and have such other
   powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time
   prescribe.

             5.10.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall:  (a) have charge and
   custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the
   corporation; (b) maintain appropriate accounting records; (c) receive and
   give receipts for monies due and payable to the corporation from any
   source whatsoever, and deposit all such monies in the name of the
   corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall
   be selected by or under authority of the Board of Directors; and (d) in
   general, perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and
   such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the
   President.  The Treasurer shall give a bond if required by the Board of
   Directors for the faithful discharge of his duties in a sum and with one
   or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

             5.11.  Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.  There
   shall be such number of Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as
   the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize.  The Assistant
   Secretaries may sign with the President or a Vice-President certificates
   for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been
   authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Assistant
   Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give
   bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with
   such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.  The Assistant
   Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform such
   duties and have such authority as shall from time to time be delegated or
   assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by
   the President or the Board of Directors.

             5.12.  Other Assistants and Acting Officers.  The Board of
   Directors shall have the power to appoint, or to authorize any duly
   appointed officer of the corporation to appoint, any person to act as
   assistant to any officer, or as agent for the corporation in his or her
   stead, or to perform the duties of such officer whenever for any reason it
   is impracticable for such officer to act personally, and such assistant or
   acting officer or other agent so appointed by the Board of Directors or an
   authorized officer shall have the power to perform all the duties of the
   office to which he or she is so appointed to be an assistant, or as to
   which he or she is so appointed to act, except as such power may be
   otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors or the
   appointing officer.


                                   ARTICLE SIX

                      Contracts, Loans, Checks and Deposits

             6.01.  Contracts.  The Board of Directors may authorize any
   officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or
   execute or deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
   corporation, and such authorization may be general or confined to specific
   instances.  In the absence of other designation, all deeds, mortgages and
   instruments of assignment or pledge made by the corporation shall be
   executed in the name of the corporation by the President or one of the
   Vice Presidents and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the
   Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; the Secretary or an Assistant
   Secretary, when necessary or required, shall affix the corporate seal
   thereto; and when so executed no other party to such instrument or any
   third party shall be required to make any inquiry into the authority of
   the signing officer or officers.

             6.02.  Loans.  No indebtedness for borrowed money shall be
   contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of such
   indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by or under the
   authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Such authorization
   may be general or confined to specific instances.

             6.03.  Checks, Drafts, etc.  All checks, drafts or other orders
   for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued
   in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or
   officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall
   from time to time be determined by or under the authority of a resolution
   of the Board of Directors.

             6.04.  Deposits.  All funds of the corporation not otherwise
   employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the
   corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be
   selected by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of
   directors.

             6.05.  Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation.  Subject
   always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any
   shares or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned or
   controlled by this corporation may be voted at any meeting of security
   holders of such other corporation by the President of this corporation, if
   he or she be present, or in his or her absence by any Vice President of
   this corporation who may be present, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of
   the President, or in his or her absence, of any Vice President, it is
   desirable for this corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in
   respect to any share or other securities issued by any other corporation
   and owned by this corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in
   the name of this corporation by the President or one of the Vice
   Presidents of this corporation, without necessity of any authorization by
   the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal, if any, or
   countersignature or attestation by another officer.  Any person or persons
   designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this
   corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares
   or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this
   corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by
   this corporation.

             6.06.  No Nominee Procedures.  The corporation has not
   established, and nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to establish, any
   procedure by which a beneficial owner of the corporation's shares that are
   registered in the name of a nominee is recognized by the corporation as
   the shareholder under Section 180.0723 of the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law.

             6.07.  Performance Bonds.  The President and the Treasurer of
   the corporation, and either one of them, shall have the continuing
   authority to take all actions and to execute and deliver any and all
   documents or instruments (including, without limitation, reimbursement
   agreements and agreements of indemnity) in favor of such parties, in such
   amounts and on such terms and conditions as may be necessary or useful for
   the corporation or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries to obtain
   performance bonds, surety bonds, completion bonds, guarantees, indemnities
   or similar assurances (collectively referred to as "Performance Bonds")
   from third parties as such officer shall, in his sole discretion, deem
   necessary or useful to facilitate and promote the business of the
   corporation or any of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that the
   contingent liability of the corporation with respect to Performance Bonds
   for the corporation's subsidiaries shall not exceed $200,000 in any single
   transaction or $1 million in the aggregate without the specific
   authorization of the Board of Directors.  Any action taken or document or
   instrument executed and delivered by any such officer after December 31,
   1993, that is within the scope of the authority granted in this Section
   6.07 is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.  If any party shall
   require resolutions of the Board of Directors with respect to the approval
   of any actions of any officer of the corporation or documents or
   instruments related to the Performance Bonds and within the scope of and
   generally consistent with this Section 6.07, such resolutions shall be
   deemed to have been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors,
   and may be certified by the Secretary whenever approved by the President
   or the Treasurer, in his sole discretion, and a copy thereof has been
   inserted in the minute book of the corporation.


                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                                 Corporate Stock

             7.01.  Certificates for Shares.  Certificates representing
   shares of any class of stock issued by the corporation shall be in such
   form, consistent with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, as shall be
   determined by the Board of Directors.  Such certificates shall be signed
   by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant
   Secretary and shall be sealed with the seal, or a facsimile of the seal,
   of the corporation.  If a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent
   or registrar, other than the corporation itself or its employees, any
   other signature or countersignature on the certificate may be a facsimile. 
   In case any officer of the corporation, or any officer or employee of the
   transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature
   has been placed upon such certificate ceases to be an officer of the
   corporation, or an officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar
   before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the
   corporation with the same effect as if the officer of the corporation, or
   the officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar had not ceased
   to be such at the date of its issue.  All certificates for shares shall be
   consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.  The name of the person to
   whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares
   and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation.  All
   certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be
   canceled, and no new certificate shall be issued in replacement until the
   former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered
   and canceled, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.04 of these bylaws
   with respect to lost, stolen or destroyed certificates.

             7.02.  Transfer Agent and Registrar.  The Board of Directors may
   from time to time with respect to each class of stock issuable by the
   corporation appoint such transfer agents and registrars in such locations
   as it shall determine, and may, in its discretion, appoint a single entity
   to act in the capacity of both transfer agent and a registrar in any one
   location.

             7.03.  Transfers of Shares.  Transfers of shares shall be made
   only on the books maintained by the corporation or a transfer agent
   appointed as contemplated by Section 7.02 of these bylaws at the request
   of the holder of record thereof or of his attorney, lawfully constituted
   in writing, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such
   shares.  Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for
   registration of transfer, the corporation may (but shall not be required
   to) treat the person in whose name corporate shares stand on the books of
   the corporation as the only person having any interest in such shares and
   as the only person having the right to receive dividends on and to vote
   such shares, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any
   equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of the
   other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice
   thereof.  Where a certificate for shares is presented to the corporation
   or a transfer agent with a request to register for transfer, the
   corporation or the transfer agent, as the case may be, shall not be liable
   to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such
   registration of transfer if (a) there were on or with the certificate the
   necessary endorsements, and (b) the corporation or the transfer agent had
   no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty. 
   The corporation or transfer agent may require reasonable assurance that
   such endorsements are genuine and effective and compliance with such other
   regulations as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the Board of
   Directors.

             7.04.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  The Board of
   Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in
   place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
   corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the
   making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate
   of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of
   a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its
   discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require
   the person requesting such new certificate or certificates, or his or her
   legal representative, to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may
   direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
   corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost,
   stolen or destroyed.

             7.05.  Restrictions on Transfer.  The face or reverse side of
   each certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of
   any restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such
   shares.

             7.06.  Consideration for Shares.  The Board of Directors may
   authorize shares to be issued for consideration consisting of any tangible
   or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash,
   promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be
   performed or other securities of the corporation.  Before the corporation
   issues shares, the Board of Directors shall determine that the
   consideration received or to be received for the shares to be issued is
   adequate.  The determination of the Board of Directors is conclusive
   insofar as the adequacy of consideration for the issuance of shares
   relates to whether the shares are validly issued, fully paid and
   nonassessable.  The corporation may place in escrow shares issued in whole
   or in part for a contract for future services or benefits, a promissory
   note, or otherwise for property to be received in the future, or make
   other arrangements to restrict the transfer of the shares, and may credit
   distributions in respect of the shares against their purchase price, until
   the services are performed, the benefits or property are received or the
   promissory note is paid.  If the services are not performed, the benefits
   or property are not received or the promissory note is not paid, the
   corporation may cancel, in whole or in part, the shares escrowed or
   restricted and the distributions credited.

             7.07  Stock Regulations.  The Board of Directors shall have the
   power and authority to make all such further rules and regulations not
   inconsistent with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law as it may deem
   expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates
   representing shares of the corporation.

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                               General Provisions

             8.01.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall
   begin and end on such dates as the Board of Directors shall determine by
   resolution.

             8.02.  Seal.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon
   the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words
   "Corporate Seal, Wisconsin."  The seal may be used by causing it or a
   facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.


                                  ARTICLE NINE

                                   Amendments

             9.01.  By Directors.  Except as otherwise provided by the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or the Articles of Incorporation, these
   bylaws may be amended or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted by the
   Board of Directors at any meeting at which a quorum is in attendance;
   provided, however, that the shareholders in adopting, amending or
   repealing a particular bylaw may provide therein that the Board of
   Directors may not amend, repeal or readopt that bylaw.

             9.02.  By Shareholders.  Except as otherwise provided in the
   Articles of Incorporation, these bylaws may also be amended or repealed
   and new bylaws may be adopted by the shareholders at any annual or special
   meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is in attendance.

             9.03.  Implied Amendments.  Any action taken or authorized by
   the shareholders or by the Board of Directors, which would be inconsistent
   with the bylaws then in effect but is taken or authorized by affirmative
   vote of not less than the number of votes or the number of directors
   required to amend the bylaws so that the bylaws would be consistent with
   such action, shall be given the same effect as though the bylaws had been
   temporarily amended or suspended so far, but only so far, as is necessary
   to permit the specific action so taken or authorized.

                                   ARTICLE TEN

                                 Indemnification

             10.01.  Certain Definitions.  All capitalized terms used in this
   Article X and not otherwise hereinafter defined in this Section 10.01
   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 180.0850 of the Statute.  The
   following capitalized terms (including any plural forms thereof) used in
   this Article X shall be defined as follows:

             (a)  "Affiliate" shall include, without limitation, any
        corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan,
        trust or other enterprise that, directly or indirectly through
        one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is
        under common control with, the Corporation.

             (b)  "Authority" shall mean the entity selected by the
        Director or Officer to determine his or her right to
        indemnification pursuant to Section 10.04.

             (c)  "Board" shall mean the entire then elected and serving
        Board of Directors of the Corporation, including all members
        thereof who are Parties to the subject Proceeding or any related
        Proceeding.

             (d)  "Breach of Duty" shall mean the Director or Officer
        breached or failed to perform his or her duties to the
        Corporation and his or her breach of or failure to perform those
        duties is determined, in accordance with Section 10.04, to
        constitute misconduct under Section 180.0851(2)(a) 1, 2, 3 or 4
        of the Statute.

             (e)  "Corporation," as used herein and as defined in the
        Statute and incorporated by reference into the definitions of
        certain capitalized terms used herein, shall mean this
        Corporation, including, without limitation, any successor
        corporation or entity to the Corporation by way of merger,
        consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the
        capital stock or assets of this Corporation.

             (f)  "Director or Officer" shall have the meaning set forth
        in the Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this Article X,
        it shall be conclusively presumed that any Director or Officer
        serving as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member of any
        governing or decision-making committee, employee or agent of an
        Affiliate shall be so serving at the request of the Corporation.

             (g)  "Disinterested Quorum" shall mean a quorum of the
        Board who are not Parties to the subject Proceeding or any
        related Proceeding.

             (h)  "Party" shall have the meaning set forth in the
        Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this Article X, the
        term "Party" shall also include any Director, Officer or
        employee who is or was a witness in a Proceeding at a time when
        he or she has not otherwise been formally named a Party thereto.

             (i)  "Proceeding" shall have the meaning set forth in the
        Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this Article X,
        "Proceeding" shall include all Proceedings (i) brought under (in
        whole or in part) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
        Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, their respective
        state counterparts, and/or any rule or regulation promulgated
        under any of the foregoing; (ii) brought before an Authority or
        otherwise to enforce rights hereunder; (iii) any appeal from a
        Proceeding; and (iv) any Proceeding in which the Director or
        Officer is a plaintiff or petitioner because he or she is a
        Director or Officer; provided, however, that such Proceeding is
        authorized by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum.

             (j)  "Statute" shall mean Sections 180.0850 through
        180.0859, inclusive, of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law,
        Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes, including any amendments
        thereto, but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
        extent such amendment permits or requires the Corporation to
        provide broader indemnification rights than the Statute
        permitted or required the Corporation to provide prior to such
        amendment.

             10.02.  Mandatory Indemnification.  To the fullest extent
   permitted or required by the Statute, the Corporation shall indemnify a
   Director or Officer against all Liabilities incurred by or on behalf of
   such Director or Officer in connection with a Proceeding in which the
   Director or Officer is a Party because he or she is a Director or Officer.

             10.03.  Procedural Requirements.

             (a)  A Director or Officer who seeks indemnification under
   Section 10.02 shall make a written request therefor to the Corporation. 
   Subject to Section 10.03(b), within sixty days of the Corporation's
   receipt of such request, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse the
   Director or Officer for the entire amount of Liabilities incurred by the
   Director or Officer in connection with the subject Proceeding (net of any
   Expenses previously advanced pursuant to Section 10.05).

             (b)  No indemnification shall be required to be paid by the
   Corporation pursuant to Section 10.02 if, within such sixty-day period: 
   (i) a Disinterested Quorum, by a majority vote thereof, determines that
   the Director or Officer requesting indemnification engaged in misconduct
   constituting a Breach of Duty; or (ii) a Disinterested Quorum cannot be
   obtained.

             (c)  In either case of nonpayment pursuant to Section 10.03(b),
   the Board shall immediately authorize by resolution that an Authority, as
   provided in Section 10.04, determine whether the Director's or Officer's
   conduct constituted a Breach of Duty and, therefore, whether
   indemnification should be denied hereunder.

             (d)  (i) If the Board does not authorize an Authority to
   determine the Director's or Officer's right to indemnification hereunder
   within such sixty-day period and/or (ii) if indemnification of the
   requested amount of Liabilities is paid by the Corporation, then it shall
   be conclusively presumed for all purposes that a Disinterested Quorum has
   determined that the Director or Officer did not engage in misconduct
   constituting a Breach of Duty and, in the case of subsection (i) above
   (but not subsection (ii)), indemnification by the Corporation of the
   requested amount of Liabilities shall be paid to the Officer or Director
   immediately.

             10.04.  Determination of Indemnification.

             (a)  If the Board authorizes an Authority to determine a
   Director's or Officer's right to indemnification pursuant to Section
   10.03, then the Director or Officer requesting indemnification shall have
   the absolute discretionary authority to select one of the following as
   such Authority:

             (i)  An independent legal counsel; provided, that such
        counsel shall be mutually selected by such Director or Officer
        and by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum or, if a
        Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote
        of the Board;

            (ii)  A panel of three arbitrators selected from the panels
        of arbitrators of the American Arbitration Association in
        Milwaukee, Wisconsin; provided, that (A) one arbitrator shall be
        selected by such Director or Officer, the second arbitrator
        shall be selected by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum
        or, if a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then by a
        majority vote of the Board, and the third arbitrator shall be
        selected by the two previously selected arbitrators; and (B) in
        all other respects, such panel shall be governed by the American
        Arbitration Association's then existing Commercial Arbitration
        Rules; or

           (iii)  A court pursuant to and in accordance with Section
        180.0854 of the Statute.

             (b)  In any such determination by the selected Authority there
   shall exist a rebuttable presumption that the Director's or Officer's
   conduct did not constitute a Breach of Duty and that indemnification
   against the requested amount of Liabilities is required.  The burden of
   rebutting such a presumption by clear and convincing evidence shall be on
   the Corporation or such other party asserting that such indemnification
   should not be allowed.

             (c)  The Authority shall make its determination within sixty
   days of being selected and shall submit a written opinion of its
   conclusion simultaneously to both the Corporation and the Director or
   Officer.

             (d)  If the Authority determines that indemnification is
   required hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the entire requested amount
   of Liabilities (net of any Expenses previously advanced pursuant to
   Section 10.05), including interest thereon at a reasonable rate, as
   determined by the Authority, within ten days of receipt of the Authority's
   opinion; provided, that, if it is determined by the Authority that a
   Director or Officer is entitled to indemnification as to some claims,
   issues or matters, but not as to other claims, issues or matters, involved
   in the subject Proceeding, the Corporation shall be required to pay (as
   set forth above) only the amount of such requested Liabilities as the
   Authority shall deem appropriate in light of all of the circumstances of
   such Proceeding.

             (e)  The determination by the Authority that indemnification is
   required hereunder shall be binding upon the Corporation regardless of any
   prior determination that the Director or Officer engaged in a Breach of
   Duty.

             (f)  All Expenses incurred in the determination process under
   this Section 10.04 by either the Corporation or the Director or Officer,
   including, without limitation, all Expenses of the selected Authority,
   shall be paid by the Corporation.

             10.05.  Mandatory Allowance of Expenses.

             (a)  The Corporation shall pay or reimburse, within ten days
   after the receipt of the Director's or Officer's written request therefor,
   the reasonable Expenses of the Director or Officer as such Expenses are
   incurred, provided the following conditions are satisfied:

             (i)  The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation
        an executed written certificate affirming his or her good faith
        belief that he or she has not engaged in misconduct which
        constitutes a Breach of Duty; and

            (ii)  The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation
        an unsecured executed written agreement to repay any advances
        made under this Section 10.05 if it is ultimately determined by
        an Authority that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by
        the Corporation for such Expenses pursuant to Section 10.04.

             (b)  If the Director or Officer must repay any previously
   advanced Expenses pursuant to this Section 10.05, such Director or Officer
   shall not be required to pay interest on such amounts.

             10.06.  Indemnification and Allowance of Expenses of Certain
   Others.

             (a)  The Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of an
   Affiliate (who is not otherwise serving as a Director or Officer) against
   all Liabilities, and shall advance the reasonable Expenses, incurred by
   such director or officer in a Proceeding to the same extent hereunder as
   if such director or officer incurred such Liabilities because he or she
   was a Director or Officer, if such director or officer is a Party thereto
   because he or she is or was a director or officer of the Affiliate.

             (b)  The Corporation shall indemnify an employee who is not a
   Director or Officer, to the extent that he or she has been successful on
   the merits or otherwise in defense of a Proceeding, for all reasonable
   Expenses incurred in the Proceeding if the employee was a Party because he
   or she was an employee of the Corporation.

             (c)  The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion as it
   deems appropriate, pursuant to a majority vote thereof, indemnify (to the
   extent not otherwise provided in Section 10.06(b)) against Liabilities
   incurred by, and/or provide for the allowance of reasonable Expenses of,
   an authorized employee or agent of the Corporation acting within the scope
   of his or her duties as such and who is not otherwise a Director or
   Officer.

             10.07.  Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain
   insurance on behalf of a Director or Officer or any individual who is or
   was an authorized employee or agent of the Corporation against any
   Liability asserted against or incurred by such individual in his or her
   capacity as such or arising from his or her status as such, regardless of
   whether the Corporation is required or permitted to indemnify against any
   such Liability under this Article X.

             10.08.  Notice to the Corporation.  A Director, Officer or
   employee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing when he or she
   has actual knowledge of a Proceeding which may result in a claim of
   indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses hereunder,
   but the failure to do so shall not relieve the Corporation of any
   liability to the Director, Officer or employee hereunder unless the
   Corporation shall have been irreparably prejudiced by such failure (as
   determined, in the case of Directors and Officers only, by an Authority).

             10.09.  Severability.  If any provision of this Article X shall
   be deemed invalid or inoperative, or if a court of competent jurisdiction
   determines that any of the provisions of this Article X contravene public
   policy, this Article X shall be construed so that the remaining provisions
   shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect, and any
   such provisions which are invalid or inoperative or which contravene
   public policy shall be deemed, without further action or deed by or on
   behalf of the Corporation, to be modified, amended and/or limited, but
   only to the extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable.

             10.10.  Nonexclusivity of Article X.  The rights of a Director,
   Officer or employee (or any other person) granted under this Article X
   shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification
   against Liabilities or advancement of Expenses which the Director, Officer
   or employee (or such other person) may be entitled to under any written
   agreement, Board resolution, vote of shareholders of the Corporation or
   otherwise, including, without limitation, under the Statute.  Nothing
   contained in this Article X shall be deemed to limit the Corporation's
   obligations to indemnify a Director, Officer or employee under the
   Statute.

             10.11.  Contractual Nature of Article X; Repeal or Limitation of
   Rights.  This Article X shall be deemed to be a contract between the
   Corporation and each Director, Officer and employee of the Corporation and
   any repeal or other limitation of this Article X or any repeal or
   limitation of the Statute or any other applicable law shall not limit any
   rights of indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of Expenses
   then existing or arising out of events, acts or omissions occurring prior
   to such repeal or limitation, including, without limitation, the right of
   indemnification against Liabilities or allowance or Expenses for
   Proceedings commenced after such repeal or limitation to enforce this
   Article X with regard to acts, omissions or events arising prior to such
   repeal or limitation.


                                                                  Exhibit 4.4


                       JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.


                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS


                         Dated as of September 30, 1997


                                       Re:


                     Note Agreements Dated as of May 1, 1993


                                       and

                         $15,000,000 6.58% Senior Notes
                             Due September 25, 1999

   <PAGE>


                          JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES
                                1326 Willow Road
                           Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177

                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS

                         Dated as of September 30, 1997


                   Re:Note Agreements Dated as of May 1, 1993
                                       and
                         $15,000,000 6.58% Senior Notes
                             Due September 25, 1999

   To the Noteholders named in
   Schedule I hereto which are also
   signatories to this Third Amendment
   to Note Agreement.

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is made to the separate Note Agreements each dated as of
   May 1, 1993, as amended by the Amendment Agreement dated as of September
   30, 1993 and the Second Amendment Agreement dated as of October 31, 1996
   (the "Note Agreements"), between Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., a
   Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and the Purchasers named therein,
   under and pursuant to which $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
   6.58% Senior Notes due September 25, 1999 (the "Notes") of the Company
   were originally issued.  Terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall
   have the meanings set forth in the Note Agreements.

        The Company hereby requests that you accept each of the amendments
   set forth below in the manner herein provided:

                    ARTICLE 1. AMENDMENTS OF NOTE AGREEMENTS

        Section 1.1.  Amendment of Section 8.1.  Section 8.1 of the Note
   Agreements shall be amended by amending the definition of "Consolidated
   Net Worth" in its entirety so that the same shall read as follows:

            "Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean as of the date of any
     determination thereof the amount of the par or stated value of all
     outstanding capital stock, capital surplus, and retained earnings of the
     Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all cumulative foreign
     currency translation adjustments and contingent compensation adjustments
     determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided
     that for the fiscal quarters ending October 3, 1997 and January 2, 1998,
     the cumulative foreign currency translation account of the Company shall
     be excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Worth.

                            ARTICLE 2.  MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 2.1.  No Legend Required.  References in the Note Agreements
   or in any Note, certificate, instrument or other document to the Note
   Agreements shall be deemed to be references to the Note Agreements as
   amended hereby and as further amended from time to time.

        Section 2.2.  Effect of Amendment.  Except as expressly amended
   hereby, the Company agrees that the Note Agreements, the Notes and all
   other documents and agreements executed by the Company in connection with
   the Note Agreements in favor of the Noteholders are ratified and confirmed
   and shall remain in full force and effect and that it has no set-off,
   counterclaim or defense with respect to any of the foregoing.

        Section 2.3.  Successors and Assigns.  This Third Amendment to Note
   Agreements shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and
   assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Noteholders and to the
   benefit of the Noteholders' successors and assigns, including each
   successive holder or holders of any Notes.

        Section 2.4.  Requisite Approval; Expenses.  This Third Amendment to
   Note Agreements shall not be effective until (a) the Company and the
   holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of all Notes outstanding
   on the date hereof shall have executed this Third Amendment to Note
   Agreements, and (b) the Company shall have paid all out-of-pocket expenses
   incurred by the Noteholders in connection with the consummation of the
   transactions contemplated by this Third Amendment to Note Agreements,
   including, without limitation, the fees, expenses and disbursements of
   Chapman and Cutler which are reflected in statements of such counsel
   rendered on or prior to the effective date of this Third Amendment to Note
   Agreements.

        Section 2.5.  Counterparts.  This Third Amendment to Note Agreements
   may be executed in any number of counterparts, each executed counterpart
   constituting an original but all together only one agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Third Amendment to
   Note Agreements as of the day and year first above written.

                                 JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.



                                 By_____________________________________
                                Its


        This Third Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                 CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                      COMPANY

                                 BY: CIGNA Investments, Inc.



                                 By____________________________________
                                     Its


        This Third Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                 LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH 
                                      AMERICA

                                 BY: CIGNA Investments, Inc.



                                 By__________________________________
                                     Its


   <PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I


                                                        OUTSTANDING
                                                      PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                         OF NOTES

    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company           $12,000,000

    Life Insurance Company of North America               $3,000,000
                                                        ------------
         TOTAL                                           $15,000,000



                                                                  Exhibit 4.5


                       JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.


                       FOURTH AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS


                           Dated as of October 3, 1997


                                       Re:


                     Note Agreements Dated as of May 1, 1993

                                       and

                         $15,000,000 6.58% Senior Notes
                             Due September 25, 1999


   <PAGE>

                          JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES
                                1326 Willow Road
                           Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177

                       FOURTH AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS

                           Dated as of October 3, 1997


                   Re:Note Agreements Dated as of May 1, 1993
                                       and
                         $15,000,000 6.58% Senior Notes
                             Due September 25, 1999


   To the Noteholders named in
   Schedule I hereto which are also
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.     
   signatories to this Fourth Amendment
   to Note Agreement.

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is made to the separate Note Agreements each dated as of
   May 1, 1993, as amended by the Amendment Agreement dated as of September
   30, 1993 and the Second Amendment Agreement dated as of October 31, 1996, 
   and the  Third Amendment Agreement dated as of September 30, 1997, (the
   "Note Agreements"), between Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., a
   Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and the Purchasers named therein,
   under and pursuant to which $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
   6.58% Senior Notes due September 25, 1999 (the "Notes") of the Company
   were originally issued.  Terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall
   have the meanings set forth in the Note Agreements.

        The Company hereby requests that you accept each of the amendments
   set forth below in the manner herein provided:

                    ARTICLE 1. AMENDMENTS OF NOTE AGREEMENTS

        Section 1.1.  Amendment of Section 5.11.  Section 5.11 of the Note
   Agreements shall be amended in its entirety so that the same shall read as
   follows:

        Section 5.11.   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  (a)  On October 3, 1997
     and January 2, 1998 the Company will have kept and maintained the ratio
     of Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges for the
     fiscal quarter ending on each such date at not less than 1.20 to 1.00.

        (b) On April 3, 1998 and on the last day of each fiscal quarter
     thereafter, the Company will have kept and maintained the ratio of Net
     Income Available for Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges for the period of
     four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on  each of such dates at not
     less than 1.50 to 1.00.


                            ARTICLE 2.  MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 2.1.  No Legend Required.  References in the Note Agreements
   or in any Note, certificate, instrument or other document to the Note
   Agreements shall be deemed to be references to the Note Agreements as
   amended hereby and as further amended from time to time.

        Section 2.2.  Effect of Amendment.  Except as expressly amended
   hereby, the Company agrees that the Note Agreements, the Notes and all
   other documents and agreements executed by the Company in connection with
   the Note Agreements in favor of the Noteholders are ratified and confirmed
   and shall remain in full force and effect and that it has no set-off,
   counterclaim or defense with respect to any of the foregoing.

        Section 2.3.  Successors and Assigns.  This Fourth Amendment to Note
   Agreements shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and
   assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Noteholders and to the
   benefit of the Noteholders' successors and assigns, including each
   successive holder or holders of any Notes.

        Section 2.4.  Requisite Approval; Expenses.  This Fourth Amendment to
   Note Agreements shall not be effective until (a) the Company and the
   holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of all Notes outstanding
   on the date hereof shall have executed this Fourth Amendment to Note
   Agreements, and (b) the Company shall have paid all  out-of-pocket
   expenses incurred by the Noteholders in connection with the consummation
   of the transactions contemplated by this Fourth Amendment to  Note
   Agreements, including, without limitation, the fees, expenses and
   disbursements of Chapman and Cutler which are reflected in statements of
   such counsel rendered on or prior to the effective date of this Fourth
   Amendment to Note Agreements.

        Section 2.5.  Counterparts.  This Fourth Amendment to Note Agreements
   may be executed in any number of counterparts, each executed counterpart
   constituting an original but all together only one agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Fourth Amendment to
   Note Agreements as of the day and year first above written.

                                 JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.



                                 By_________________________________
                                     Its

        This Fourth Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                 CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                      COMPANY

                                 BY: CIGNA Investments, Inc.



                                 By___________________________
                                     Its

        This Fourth Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                 LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH 
                                      AMERICA

                                 BY: CIGNA Investments, Inc.



                                 By_________________________________
                                     Its



                                   SCHEDULE I


                                                         OUTSTANDING
                                                      PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                          OF NOTES

    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company           $12,000,000

    Life Insurance Company of North America               $3,000,000
                                                         -----------
             TOTAL                                       $15,000,000



                                                                  Exhibit 4.8


                       JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.


                       SECOND AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS


                         Dated as of September 30, 1997


                                       Re:


                   Note Agreements Dated as of October 1, 1995


                                       and

                    $30,000,000 7.77% Senior Notes, Series A
                              Due October 15, 2005
                                       and
                    $15,000,000 6.98% Senior Notes, Series B
                              Due October 15, 2005

   <PAGE>


                          JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES
                                1326 Willow Road
                           Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177

                       SECOND AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS

                         Dated as of September 30, 1997


                 Re:Note Agreements Dated as of October 1, 1995
                                       and
                    $30,000,000 7.77% Senior Notes, Series A
                              Due October 15, 2005
                                       and
                    $15,000,000 6.98% Senior Notes, Series B
                              Due October 15, 2005

   To the Noteholders named in
   Schedule I hereto which are also
   signatories to this Second Amendment
   to Note Agreement.

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is made to the separate Note Agreements each dated as of
   October 1, 1995, as amended by the First Amendment dated as of October 31,
   1996 (the "Note Agreements"), between Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.,
   a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and the Purchasers named therein,
   under and pursuant to which $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
   7.77% Senior Notes, Series A, due October 15, 2005 and $15,000,000 6.98%
   Senior Notes, Series B, due October 15, 2005 (collectively, the "Notes")
   of the Company were originally issued.  Terms used but not otherwise
   defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Note Agreements.

        The Company hereby requests that you accept each of the amendments
   set forth below in the manner herein provided:

                    ARTICLE 1. AMENDMENTS OF NOTE AGREEMENTS

        Section 1.1.  Amendment of Section 8.1.  Section 8.1 of the Note
   Agreements shall be amended by amending the definition of "Consolidated
   Net Worth" in its entirety so that the same shall read as follows:

            "Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean as of the date of any
     determination thereof the amount of the par or stated value of all
     outstanding capital stock, capital surplus, and retained earnings of the
     Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all cumulative foreign
     currency translation adjustments and contingent compensation adjustments
     determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided
     that for the fiscal quarters ending October 3, 1997 and January 2, 1998,
     the cumulative foreign currency translation account of the Company shall
     be excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Worth.


                            ARTICLE 2.  MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 2.1.  No Legend Required.  References in the Note Agreements
   or in any Note, certificate, instrument or other document to the Note
   Agreements shall be deemed to be references to the Note Agreements as
   amended hereby and as further amended from time to time.

        Section 2.2.  Effect of Amendment.  Except as expressly amended
   hereby, the Company agrees that the Note Agreements, the Notes and all
   other documents and agreements executed by the Company in connection with
   the Note Agreements in favor of the Noteholders are ratified and confirmed
   and shall remain in full force and effect and that it has no set-off,
   counterclaim or defense with respect to any of the foregoing.

        Section 2.3.  Successors and Assigns.  This Second Amendment to Note
   Agreements shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and
   assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Noteholders and to the
   benefit of the Noteholders' successors and assigns, including each
   successive holder or holders of any Notes.

        Section 2.4.  Requisite Approval; Expenses.  This Second Amendment to
   Note Agreements shall not be effective until (a) the Company and the
   holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of all Notes outstanding
   on the date hereof shall have executed this Second Amendment to Note
   Agreements, and (b) the Company shall have paid all  out-of-pocket
   expenses incurred by the Noteholders in connection with the consummation
   of the transactions contemplated by this Second Amendment to  Note
   Agreements, including, without limitation, the fees, expenses and
   disbursements of Chapman and Cutler which are reflected in statements of
   such counsel rendered on or prior to the effective date of this Second
   Amendment to Note Agreements.

        Section 2.5.  Counterparts.  This Second Amendment to Note Agreements
   may be executed in any number of counterparts, each executed counterpart
   constituting an original but all together only one agreement.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Second Amendment to
   Note Agreements as of the day and year first above written.

                                 JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.



                                 By________________________________
                                     Its


        This Second Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                 NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



                                 By__________________________________
                                     Its


        This Second Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                    EMPLOYERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF
                                      WAUSAU



                                 By___________________________________
                                     Its


        This Second Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                    GREAT-WEST LIFE & ANNUITY INSURANCE
                                      COMPANY



                                 By_____________________________________
                                     Its



                                 By_____________________________________
                                     Its


   <PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I


                                                        OUTSTANDING
                                                       PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                          OF NOTES

    Nationwide Life Insurance Company                    $27,000,000

    Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau            $3,000,000
                              
    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company          $15,000,000
                                                         -----------
             TOTAL                                       $45,000,000



                                                                  Exhibit 4.9


                       JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.


                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS


                           Dated as of October 3, 1997


                                       Re:


                   Note Agreements Dated as of October 1, 1995


                                       and

                    $30,000,000 7.77% Senior Notes, Series A
                              Due October 15, 2005
                                       and
                    $15,000,000 6.98% Senior Notes, Series B
                              Due October 15, 2005



   <PAGE>

                          JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES
                                1326 Willow Road
                           Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177

                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO NOTE AGREEMENTS

                           Dated as of October 3, 1997
                 Re:Note Agreements Dated as of October 1, 1995
                                       and
                    $30,000,000 7.77% Senior Notes, Series A
                              Due October 15, 2005
                                       and
                    $15,000,000 6.98% Senior Notes, Series B
                              Due October 15, 2005


   To the Noteholders named in
   Schedule I hereto which are also
   signatories to this Third Amendment
   to Note Agreement.

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is made to the separate Note Agreements each dated as of
   October 1, 1995, as amended by the First Amendment dated as of October 31,
   1996 and the Second Amendment to Note Agreement dated as of September 30,
   1997, (the "Note Agreements"), between Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.,
   a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and the Purchasers named therein,
   under and pursuant to which $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
   7.77% Senior Notes, Series A, due October 15, 2005 and $15,000,000 6.98%
   Senior Notes, Series B, due October 15, 2005 (collectively, the "Notes")
   of the Company were originally issued.  Terms used but not otherwise
   defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Note Agreements.

        The Company hereby requests that you accept each of the amendments
   set forth below in the manner herein provided:

                    ARTICLE 1. AMENDMENTS OF NOTE AGREEMENTS

        Section 1.1.    Section 5.6(a)(3) of the Note Agreements shall be
   amended in its entirety to read as follows:

            (3)   Current Debt or Funded Debt of the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that at the time of creation,
        issuance, assumption, guarantee or incurrence thereof and after
        giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof,
        Consolidated Funded Debt would not exceed 55% of Consolidated Total
        Capitalization, provided that for purposes of any determination of
        additional Funded Debt to be issued or incurred within the limitation
        of this Section 5.6(a)(3), the Average Outstanding Balance of
        Consolidated Current Debt (as defined in Section 5.6(e) below)
        computed for the Compliance Period (as defined in Section 5.6(e)
        below) preceding the date of any such determination shall be deemed
        to constitute outstanding Funded Debt of the Company incurred as of
        the last day of such Compliance Period and, except to the extent that
        any such Current Debt was refinanced with Funded Debt, in which case
        such Current Debt, to the extent it was refinanced with Funded Debt,
        will not be deemed to constitute Funded Debt, shall be deemed
        outstanding at all times prior to the end of the next Compliance
        Period; and

        Section 1.2.     Section 5.9 of the Note Agreements shall be amended
   in its entirety to read as follows:

            Section 5.9.         Consolidated Net Worth.  The Company will at
        all times keep and maintain Consolidated Net Worth at an amount not
        less than $100,000,000; provided that Charges for Identified
        Dispositions shall not be taken into account for purposes of
        determining the amount of Consolidated Net Worth maintained by the
        Company for purposes of calculations pursuant to this Section 5.9. 
        As used in this Section 5.9, "Charges for Identified Dispositions"
        shall mean charges taken by the Company on or prior to October 2,
        1998 in an aggregate amount not in excess of $5,000,000 and relating
        to (i) the closing of certain distribution centers and other
        facilities owned or operated by Uwatec AG and its subsidiaries, and
        (ii) the disposition of the Airguide Instrument Company.

        Section 1.3.  Section 5.16 of the Note Agreements shall be  amended
   in its entirety to read as follows:

                  5.16.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  The Company will keep
        and maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at not less than 1.5 to
        1; provided that on not more than four occasions (including the
        quarter ending October 3, 1997)  the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio can
        be less than 1.5 to 1 so long as it is greater than 1.2 to 1.  As
        used in this Section 5.16, "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall mean
        the ratio of (i) Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to (ii) Fixed
        Charges determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter for the
        period consisting of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters
        (each such rolling four fiscal quarter period being treated as a
        single accounting period).

                            ARTICLE 2.  MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 2.1.  No Legend Required.  References in the Note Agreements
   or in any Note, certificate, instrument or other document to the Note
   Agreements shall be deemed to be references to the Note Agreements as
   amended hereby and as further amended from time to time.

        Section 2.2.  Effect of Amendment.  Except as expressly amended
   hereby, the Company agrees that the Note Agreements, the Notes and all
   other documents and agreements executed by the Company in connection with
   the Note Agreements in favor of the Noteholders are ratified and confirmed
   and shall remain in full force and effect and that it has no set-off,
   counterclaim or defense with respect to any of the foregoing.

        Section 2.3.  Successors and Assigns.  This Third Amendment to Note
   Agreements shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and
   assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Noteholders and to the
   benefit of the Noteholders' successors and assigns, including each
   successive holder or holders of any Notes.

        Section 2.4.  Requisite Approval; Expenses.  This Third Amendment to
   Note Agreements shall not  be effective until (a) the Company and the
   holders of 70% in aggregate principal amount of all Notes outstanding on
   the date hereof shall have executed this Third Amendment to Note
   Agreements, (b) the Company shall have paid a fee in the aggregate amount
   of $225,000 (pro rata based on the unpaid principal amount of the Notes
   held by each holder) to the holders of the Notes, and (c) the Company
   shall have paid all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Noteholders in
   connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
   Third Amendment to  Note Agreements, including, without limitation, the
   fees, expenses and disbursements of Chapman and Cutler which are reflected
   in statements of such counsel rendered on or prior to the effective date
   of this Third Amendment to Note Agreements.

        Section 2.5.  Counterparts.  This Third Amendment to Note Agreements
   may be executed in any number of counterparts, each executed counterpart
   constituting an original but all together only one agreement.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Third Amendment to
   Note Agreements as of the day and year first above written.

                                 JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.



                                 By__________________________
                                     Its


        This Third Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                 NATIONWIDE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



                                 By_______________________________
                                     Its


        This Third Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                    EMPLOYERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF
                                      WAUSAU



                                 By_____________________________
                                     Its


        This Third Amendment to Note Agreements is accepted and agreed to as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                    GREAT-WEST LIFE & ANNUITY INSURANCE
                                      COMPANY



                                 By _____________________________ 
                                     Its



                                 By  ____________________________
                                     Its

   <PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I


                                                        OUTSTANDING
                                                      PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                         OF NOTES

    Nationwide Life Insurance Company                    $27,000,000

    Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau            $3,000,000

    Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company          $15,000,000
                                                         -----------
             TOTAL                                       $45,000,000




                                                                 EXHIBIT 4.12



                           WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 2

             THIS WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 2 (the "Amendment") is entered
   into as of November 6, 1996 by and among JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES,
   INC. (the "Company"), the undersigned Banks and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
   CHICAGO, as Agent.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :

             WHEREAS, the Company, the Banks and the Agent are parties to
   that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 29, 1995, as
   amended prior to the date hereof (as so amended, the "Agreement");

             WHEREAS, the Company is in default under Section 6.03 of the
   Agreement due to the Company's failure to maintain, for the four fiscal
   quarters ending September 27, 1996, the ratio of Net Income Available for
   Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges required to be maintained pursuant to said
   Section;

             WHEREAS, the Company is in default under certain agreements
   (collectively, the "1991 and 1993 Note Agreements") under which the
   Company has incurred Indebtedness in excess of $5,000,000 ("Other
   Specified Indebtedness") due, in each case, to the Company's failure to
   maintain, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending
   September 27, 1996, a certain minimum fixed charge coverage ratio ("Fixed
   Charge Coverage Defaults"), and such Fixed Charge Coverage Defaults permit
   the maturity of such Other Specified Indebtedness to be accelerated by the
   holders thereof;

             WHEREAS, Events of Default have occurred under the terms of the
   Agreement due to the default under Section 6.03 of the Agreement and the
   Fixed Charge Coverage Defaults and the Company has requested that the
   Banks waive such Events of Default;

             WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
   undersigned Banks have agreed to grant such waiver; and

             WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned Banks also desire to
   amend the Agreement in certain respects more fully described hereinafter;

             NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein
   contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
   sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby
   agree as follows:

             1.   Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein and not
   otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings attributed to such terms
   in the Agreement.

             2.   Waiver.  The undersigned Banks hereby waive the Events of
   Default arising under clauses (d) and (e) of Article VII of the Agreement
   to the extent that such Events of Default result solely from the Company's
   default under Section 6.03 of the Agreement and the Fixed Charge Coverage
   Defaults, respectively, in each case as at September 27, 1996; provided,
   however, that the foregoing waiver shall be effective only until the
   occurrence of any acceleration of the maturity of any of the Other
   Specified Indebtedness.

             3.   Amendments to the Agreement.

             3.1. The definition of "Net Income Available for Fixed Charges"
   set forth in Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
   the period at the end thereof and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

             "plus (d) (to the extent taken into account in determining
        Consolidated Net Income) in the case of the period of time prior
        to October 2, 1998, special charges not to exceed $5,000,000
        taken in respect of certain distribution center closings and, if
        Uwatec A.G. is acquired, certain plant closings, in each case
        during such period."

             3.2. Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended by
   inserting in proper alphabetical order the following definition:

             "Quarterly Date" shall mean the last day of each fiscal
        quarter of the Company."

             3.3. Section 6.03 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in
   its entirety as follows:

             "SECTION 6.03. Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio.  The Company
        will, as at each Quarterly Date set forth below, have kept and
        maintained for the immediately preceding four (or, as at
        December 27, 1996, one, or as at March 28, 1997, two, or as at
        June 27, 1997, three) fiscal quarters ending on such Quarterly
        Date, a ratio of Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to Fixed
        Charges of not less than the ratio set forth below opposite such
        Quarterly Date:

                      Quarterly Date                   Ratio

            December 27, 1996                       (1.25):1.00

            March 28, 1997                           1.00:1.00

            June 27, 1997 and each Quarterly
            Date thereafter                         1.50:1.00;

        provided that on any four (but only four) Quarterly Dates
        occurring during the period from June 27, 1997 to but excluding
        the Expiration Date, the ratio of Net Income Available for Fixed
        Charges to Fixed Charges for the immediately preceding four
        fiscal quarters ending on such Quarterly Dates may be less than
        1.5 to 1.0, but must be greater than 1.2 to 1.0."

             4.   Effective Date.  This Amendment shall become effective as
   of the date first above written (the "Effective Date") upon receipt by the
   Agent of the following:

             (i)  Counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the
        Company and the Majority Banks.

             (ii) For the account of each Bank, an amendment fee in the
        amount of 0.10% of the sum of such Bank's Eurocurrency
        Commitment and Revolving Loan Commitment.

             (iii)     Such other documents, in each case in form and
        substance satisfactory to the Agent, as the Agent may reasonably
        request.

             5.   Ratification.  The Agreement (including, without
   limitation, Article XI thereof), as modified and amended hereby, shall
   remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified, approved and
   confirmed in all respects.

             6.   Reference to Agreement.  From and after the Effective Date,
   each reference in the Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereof", or
   "hereunder" or words of like import, and all references to the Agreement
   in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and
   other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the
   Agreement, as modified and amended by this Amendment.

             7.   Costs and Expenses.  The Company agrees to pay all
   reasonable costs, fees and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys'
   fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agent, which attorneys may be
   employees of the Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the
   preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.

             8.   CHOICE OF LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
   ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAWS OF CONFLICTS) OF THE
   STATE OF ILLINOIS, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO
   NATIONAL BANKS.

             9.   Execution in Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed
   in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate
   counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
   original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
   agreement.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the undersigned Banks and the
   Agent have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

                                      JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES,
                                         INC.



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                           Title:    ______________________



                                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                         CHICAGO, Individually and as Agent



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                           Title:    ______________________


                                      FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                           Title:    ______________________



                                      SOCIETE GENERALE



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                           Title:    ______________________



                                      WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                           Title:    ______________________



                                      M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                           Title:    ______________________



                                      THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                           Title:    ______________________


                                                                 EXHIBIT 4.13



                       AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
                            Dated as of July 9, 1997

             THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT ("Amendment") is made
   as of July 9, 1997 by and among JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC., a
   Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), the financial institutions listed
   on the signature pages hereof (the "Banks") and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
   CHICAGO, in its individual capacity as a Bank and as agent (the "Agent")
   on behalf of the Banks under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
   November 29, 1995 by and among the Company, the Banks and the Agent (as
   amended, the "Credit Agreement").  Defined terms used herein and not
   otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the
   Credit Agreement.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :

             WHEREAS, the Company, the Banks and the Agent are parties to the
   Credit Agreement;

             WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Banks amend the
   Credit Agreement to provide for the issuance of letters of credit
   thereunder and in certain other respects; and

             WHEREAS, the Banks and the Agent are willing to amend the Credit
   Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

             NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth
   above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and
   valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
   acknowledged, the Company, the Banks and the Agent have agreed to the
   following amendments to the Credit Agreement.

             1.   Amendments to Credit Agreement.  Effective as of July 9,
   1997 and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth
   in Section 2 below, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

             1.1. Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to add
   alphabetically the following defined terms:

             "Issuance Date" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the
   date on which such Letter of Credit is issued hereunder.

             "Issuer" means any Bank which has issued a Letter of Credit
   pursuant to the Letter of Credit Facility, and its successors and assigns.

             "Issuer's Fee" is defined in Section 2.18(g).

             "Letter of Credit" means any standby letter of credit
   denominated in Dollars issued for the account of the Company under the
   Letter of Credit Facility.

             "Letter of Credit Facility" means the Letter of Credit Facility
   provided in Section 2.18.

             "Letter of Credit Fee" is defined in Section 2.18(g).

             "Letter of Credit Obligations" means, at any date of
   determination thereof, all liabilities, whether actual or contingent, of
   the Company in respect of the Letters of Credit, including without
   limitation, the sum of (a) the Dollar Amount of the Reimbursement
   Obligations; and (b) the Dollar Amount of the aggregate undrawn face
   amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit.

             "Letter of Credit Request" is defined in Section 2.18(c).

             "Purchase Agreement" means that certain Share Purchase Agreement
   dated as of March 17/26, 1997 by and among the Company, Uwatec AG, Heinze
   Ruchti and Karl Leemann.

             "Reimbursement Obligations" means, at any time, the aggregate of
   the obligations of the Company to the Issuers and the Banks in respect of
   all unreimbursed payments or disbursements made by an Issuer and the Banks
   under or in respect of the Letters of Credit.

             1.2. Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
   amending the definition of "Dollar Amount" to add the following at the end
   thereof:

             "Dollar Amount shall mean in relation to any Letter of
        Credit Obligation, the equivalent in Dollars of any such Letter
        of Credit Obligation denominated in an Alternative Currency
        computed as prescribed in Section 2.18(d)(i), or, if such
        methods are for any reason inapplicable, in the manner deemed
        most appropriate and customary by the Agent."

             1.3. Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
   amending the definition of "Funded Debt" to insert immediately after the
   phrase "shall mean" the following:  ", without duplication,", to insert
   immediately after "the date of origin)," the following:  "including
   without limitation the portion of the "Fixed Purchase Price" (as defined
   in the Purchase Agreement) which has been deferred in accordance with
   Section 2.4 of the Purchase Agreement", and to add the following at the
   end thereof:  "and (e) all obligations of such Person with respect to
   Letters of Credit with an expiry date more than one year from the Issuance
   Date (or which can be extended at the option of the account party to an
   expiry date more than one year from the Issuance Date)".

             1.4. Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
   amending the definition of "Indebtedness" to insert immediately after the
   phrase "shall mean and include" the following:  ", without duplication,",
   to insert immediately after "and similar agreements)," the following: 
   "including without limitation the portion of the "Fixed Purchase Price"
   (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) which has been deferred in
   accordance with Section 2.4 of the Purchase Agreement", and to add the
   following at the end thereof:  "and (g) all obligations of such Person
   with respect to the Letter of Credit Obligations."

             1.5. Article I of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
   amending the definition of "Majority Banks" to add the following at the
   end thereof:  "and Letter of Credit Obligations".

             1.6. Section 2.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "Absolute Rate Loans to" in the
   seventh line, the following:  "and Letter of Credit Obligations of" and to
   add immediately after the phrase "pursuant to Section 2.01(a)" in the
   ninth line, the following:  "and Letter of Credit Obligations of the
   Company".

             1.7. Section 2.01(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "all Eligible Subsidiaries" in the
   eighth line, the following:  "and Letter of Credit Obligations of the
   Company".

             1.8. Section 2.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to
   add a new subsection (e) at the end thereof:

             (e)  If, as of the last Business Day of any fiscal
        quarter,the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal
        amount of Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) and
        (ii) the Letter of Credit Obligations exceeds the Aggregate
        Revolving Commitment, then the Company shall make a mandatory
        prepayment of the Revolving Loans in an amount sufficient to
        eliminate such excess.

             1.9. Section 2.13(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended to insert immediately after the phrase "its Loans or Notes" the
   following:  "or its Letters of Credit".

             1.10.     Section 2.13(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended to insert the following immediately after the phrase "its Loan or
   Loans", the following:  "or its Letters of Credit".

             1.11.     Section 2.13(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended to insert immediately after the phrase "its Loans" the following: 
   "or its Letters of Credit".

             1.12.     Section 2.15(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended to insert immediately after the phrase "and the Aggregate
   Eurocurrency Commitment", the following:  "(treating the Dollar Amount of
   the Letter of Credit Obligations as usage of the Aggregate Revolving
   Commitment)".

             1.13.     The Credit Agreement is hereby amended to insert
   immediately after Section 2.17, the following new Section 2.18:

             2.18.     Letters of Credit.  Subject to the terms and
        conditions of this Agreement, the Company may obtain Letters of
        Credit, from time to time during the period commencing on the
        date hereof and ending on the Business Day prior to the
        Expiration Date.  The Company may request any Bank to issue a
        Letter of Credit and such Bank may, but is not required to,
        issue a Letter of Credit.  If no other Bank is willing to issue
        a Letter of Credit, First Chicago shall issue such Letter of
        Credit.  Any Bank issuing a Letter of Credit shall be an Issuer. 
        Nothing herein contained shall prohibit the Company from
        obtaining letters of credit outside of this Credit Agreement.

             (a)  Types and Amounts.  No Issuer (including First Chicago)
        shall:

                  (i)  issue any letter of Credit if the aggregate maximum
             amount then available for drawing under Letters of Credit, after
             giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested hereunder, shall
             exceed any limit imposed by law or regulation upon the Issuer;

                  (ii) issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect
             thereto, the sum of (a) the Dollar Amount of the Letter of
             Credit Obligations and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal
             balance of the Revolving Loans would exceed the Revolving Loan
             Commitment;

                  (iii)     issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving
             effect thereto, the sum of (a) the Dollar Amount of the Letter
             of Credit Obligations and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal
             balance of the Revolving Loans, Eurocurrency Loans and Absolute
             Rate Loans would exceed the Aggregate Commitment;

                  (iv) issue any Letter of Credit which has an expiration
             date on or after the Expiration Date; or

                  (v)  issue any Letter of Credit if the Dollar Amount of the
             Letter of Credit Obligations, after giving effect to the Letter
             of Credit requested hereunder, shall exceed $20,000,000.

             (b)  Conditions.  In addition to being subject to the
        satisfaction of the conditions contained in Article IV, the
        obligation of the Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit is subject to
        the satisfaction in full of the following conditions:

                  (i)  the Company shall have delivered to the Issuer, with a
             copy to the Agent, at such times and in such manner as the
             Issuer may reasonably prescribe such documents and materials as
             may be required pursuant to the terms of the proposed Letter of
             Credit and the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably
             satisfactory to the Issuer as to form and content; and

                  (ii) as of the Issuance Date, no order, judgment or decree
             of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall purport
             by its terms to enjoin or restrain the Issuer from issuing the
             proposed Letter of Credit and no law, rule or regulation
             applicable to the Issuer and no request or directive (whether or
             not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority
             with jurisdiction over the Issuer shall prohibit or request that
             the Issuer refrain from the issuance of Letters of Credit
             generally or the issuance of such proposed Letter of Credit in
             particular.

             (c)  Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit.

                  (i)  The Company shall give the Issuer and the Agent
             three (3) Business Days' prior written notice of any requested
             issuance of a Letter of Credit (except that, in lieu of such
             written notice, the Company may give the Issuer (x) notice of
             such request by tested telex or other tested arrangement
             satisfactory to the Issuer or (y) telephonic notice of such
             request if confirmed in writing by delivery to the Issuer
             (i) immediately (A) of a telecopy of the written notice required
             hereunder which has been signed by an authorized signatory of
             the Company or (B) of a telex containing all information
             required to be contained in such written notice and
             (ii) promptly (but in no event later than the requested time of
             issuance) of a copy of the written notice required hereunder
             containing the original signature of an authorized signatory of
             the Company).  Each such notice (each a "Letter of Credit
             Request") shall be irrevocable once the relevant Letter of
             Credit is issued and shall specify the stated amount of the
             Letter of Credit requested, the Issuance Date (which day shall
             be a Business Day) of such requested Letter of Credit, the date
             on which such requested Letter of Credit is to expire (which
             date shall be a Business Day and shall in no event be on or
             after the Expiration Date), the purpose for which such Letter of
             Credit is to be issued, and the Person for whose benefit the
             requested Letter of Credit is to be issued.  Promptly after
             receipt thereof, the Agent shall notify each Bank of the
             contents of each Letter of Credit Request.  At the time such
             Letter of Credit Request is made, the Company shall also provide
             the Issuer and the Agent with a copy of the form of the Letter
             of Credit it is requesting be issued.  Such Letter of Credit
             Request, to be effective, must be received by the Issuer and the
             Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the last
             Business Day on which notice can be given under this
             Section 2.18(c).

                  (ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this
             Section 2.18(c) and provided that the applicable conditions set
             forth in Section 4.01(c), Section 4.01(d) and Section 2.18(b)
             have been satisfied, the Issuer shall, on the requested Issuance
             Date, issue the requested Letter of Credit for the account of
             the Company in accordance with the Issuer's usual and customary
             business practices.

                  (iii)     An Issuer shall not amend, renew, extend, or
             permit an extension of any Letter of Credit unless the
             requirements of this Section 2.18(c) are met as if a new Letter
             of Credit were being requested and issued.

             (d)  Reimbursement Obligations.

                  (i)  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Company and the
             Agent and each Bank of any draw under a Letter of Credit.  The
             Company shall reimburse the Agent for the account of the Issuer,
             in immediately available funds, for draws under a Letter of
             Credit no later than the Business Day next succeeding the date
             of the payment by the Issuer.  In the case of any draw under a
             Letter of Credit in an Alternative Currency, the Company shall
             reimburse the Agent for the account of the Issuer on demand at
             the Agent's head office (or at such other place as may be
             specified by the Agent) the amount in such Alternative Currency
             drawn under such Letter of Credit or the equivalent of the
             amount in Dollars at the rate of exchange then quoted by the
             Agent for the electronic transfer to the place of payment in the
             currency in which such draw was made or, if so required by the
             Agent, to pay the Agent at its head office in advance, following
             a documentary presentation, in Dollars the equivalent of the
             amount required to pay the same.  If, for any cause whatsoever,
             there exists at the time in question no rate of exchange
             generally available to the Agent for effective electronic
             transfers of the sort provided for above, the Company agrees to
             pay the Agent on demand an amount in Dollars equivalent to the
             actual cost of settlement of the Issuer's obligation to the
             person presenting the applicable draft under the applicable
             Letter of Credit, however and whenever such settlement may be
             made by the Issuer.

                  (ii) Any Reimbursement Obligation with respect to any
             Letter of Credit shall bear interest form the date of the
             relevant draws under the relevant Letter of Credit at the
             interest rate for Borrowings not paid at maturity as calculated
             in accordance with Section 2.07(a).

                  (iii)     Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the
             Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit, if
             taken or omitted in the absence of willful misconduct or gross
             negligence, shall not put the Issuer under any resulting
             liability to any Bank or, assuming that the Issuer has complied
             with the procedures specified in Section 2.18(c) and such Bank
             has not given a notice contemplated by Section 2.18(e) that
             continues in full force and effect, relieve such Bank of its
             obligations hereunder to the Issuer.  In determining whether to
             pay under any Letter of Credit, the Issuer shall have no
             obligation relative to the Banks, the Agent or the Company other
             than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered
             under such Letter of Credit appear to comply on their face with
             the requirements of such Letter of Credit.

             (e)  Participation; Receipt of Payments.

                  (i)  Immediately upon issuance or extension or renewal by
             an Issuer of any Letter of Credit in accordance with the
             procedures set forth in Section 2.18(c), each Bank shall be
             deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and
             received from the Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an
             undivided interest and participation equal to its Applicable
             Percentage in such Letter of Credit (including, without
             limitation, all obligations of the Company with respect thereto)
             and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto, if
             any; provided, that a Letter of Credit issued by the Issuer
             shall not be deemed to be a Letter of Credit for purposes of
             this Section 2.18(e) if the Issuer and the Agent shall have
             received written notice from any Bank on or before one Business
             Day prior to the date of its issuance of such Letter of Credit
             that one or more of the conditions contained in Article IV is
             not then satisfied, and, in the event the Issuer and the Agent
             receive such a notice, there shall be no further obligation on
             the part of First Chicago or any Issuer to issue any Letter of
             Credit until such notice is withdrawn by that Bank or such
             condition has been effectively waived in accordance with the
             provisions of this Agreement.

                  (ii) In the event that an Issuer makes any payment under
             any Letter of Credit and the Company shall not have repaid such
             amount to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.18(d), the Issuer
             shall promptly notify the Agent and each Bank of such failure,
             and each Bank shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the
             Agent for the account of the Issuer the Dollar Amount of such
             Bank's Applicable Percentage of the unreimbursed amount of any
             such payment, and the Company's obligations to repay the Banks
             with respect to such amounts shall be deemed to be, and treated
             as, a Revolving Loan or Loans which shall bear interest at the
             interest rate for Borrowings not paid at maturity as calculated
             in accordance with Section 2.07(a) unless and until such amounts
             are repaid or refinanced pursuant to Section 2.08.  The failure
             of any Bank to make available to the Agent, in immediately
             available funds, its Applicable Percentage of the unreimbursed
             amount of any such payment shall not relieve any other Bank of
             its obligation hereunder to make available to the Agent, in
             immediately available funds, its Applicable Percentage of the
             unreimbursed amount of any payment on the date such payment is
             to be made, but no Bank shall be responsible for the failure of
             any other Bank to make available to the Agent its Applicable
             Percentage of the unreimbursed amount of any payment on the date
             such payment is to be made.

                  (iii)     Whenever the Agent or an Issuer receives a
             payment on account of a Reimbursement Obligation, including any
             interest thereon, it shall promptly pay to each Bank which has
             funded its participating interest therein, in immediately
             available funds, an amount equal to such Bank's Applicable
             Percentage thereof.

                  (iv) The obligations of a Bank to make payments to the
             Agent for the account of an Issuer with respect to a Letter of
             Credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, shall
             not be subject to any counterclaim, set-off, qualification or
             exception whatsoever and shall be made without any requirement
             that the Company satisfy the conditions set forth in
             Section 4.01.

             (f)  Payment of Reimbursement Obligations.

                  (i)  The Company agrees to pay to the Agent for the account
             of the Issuer the amount of all Reimbursement Obligations,
             interest and other amounts payable to the Issuer under or in
             connection with any Letter of Credit immediately when due,
             irrespective of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which
             the Company or any Subsidiary may have at any time against the
             Issuer or any other Person, under all circumstances, including
             without limitation, any of the following circumstances:

                       (A)  any lack of validity or enforceability of this
                  Agreement or any of the other documents, instruments or
                  agreements executed by the Company in connection therewith;

                       (B)  the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or
                  other right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have at
                  any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit
                  or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person
                  for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Issuer,
                  any Bank, or any other Person, whether in connection with
                  this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions
                  contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions
                  (including any underlying transactions between the Company
                  or any Subsidiary and the beneficiary named in any Letter
                  of Credit);

                       (C)  any draft, certificate or any other document
                  presented under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged,
                  fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
                  statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect
                  (provided any such draft, certificate or other document
                  appeared valid on its face when presented to the Issuer);

                       (D)  the surrender or impairment of any security for
                  the performance or observance of any of the terms of this
                  Agreement or any of the documents, instruments or
                  agreements executed by the Company in connection therewith;
                  or

                       (E)  the occurrence of any Default or Event of
                  Default.

                  (ii) In the event any payment by the Company received by
             the Agent or an Issuer with respect to a Letter of Credit and
             distributed to the Banks on account of their participations is
             thereafter set aside, avoided or recovered from the Agent or an
             Issuer in connection with any receivership, liquidation,
             reorganization or bankruptcy proceeding, each Bank which
             received such distribution shall, upon demand by the Agent,
             contribute to the Agent or such Issuer such Bank's Applicable
             Percentage of the amount set aside, avoided or recovered
             together with interest at the ate required to be paid by the
             Agent or such Issuer upon the amount required to be repaid by
             it.

             (g)  Compensation for Letters of Credit.  The Company shall pay
        to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Bank, a Letter of
        Credit Fee ("Letter of Credit Fee") in respect of the Letter of
        Credit then being issued equal to the LIBOR Margin on such day times
        the Dollar Amount on such day (and recalculated on the first Business
        Day of each quarter for such quarter) of the maximum face amount of
        such Letter of Credit from the Issuance Date thereof until such
        Letter of Credit expires or is terminated.  Promptly upon its receipt
        of such Letter of Credit Fee, the Agent shall pay to each Bank, in
        immediately available funds, an amount equal to such Bank's
        Applicable Percentage thereof.  Any Issuer shall have the right to
        receive, for its own account (i) in respect of each Letter of Credit
        issued by it, a fee in the amount of 1/8 of 1% per annum of the
        Dollar Amount of the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit
        ("Issuer's Fee"), and (ii) all of its reasonable and customary costs
        of issuing and servicing the Letters of Credit.  The Letter of Credit
        Fee and the Issuer's Fee shall begin to accrue on the Issuance Date
        and shall be payable quarterly in arrears.

             1.14.     Article IV of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "to make Loans" in the first
   sentence thereof, the following:  "or to issue Letters of Credit".

             1.15.     Section 4.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "on the date of each Borrowing",
   the following:  "or the Issuance Date of each Letter of Credit".

             1.16.     Section 4.01(d) is hereby amended to insert
   immediately after the phrase "or refinancing", the following:  "or the
   Issuance Date of each Letter of Credit".

             1.17.     Article V of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to
   insert immediately after the phrase "or the Loans," in the first sentence
   thereof, the following:  "Letter of Credit Obligations,".

             1.18.     Section 5.08 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "of the Loans", the following: 
   "and Letters of Credit".

             1.19.     Article VI of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "of the Loans" in the first
   sentence thereof, the following:  "Letter of Credit Obligations,".

             1.20.     Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended by adding the following language at the end thereof:

        "except to the extent any such Current Debt was refinanced with
        Funded Debt, in which case such Current Debt, to the extent it
        was refinanced with Funded Debt, will not be deemed to
        constitute Funded Debt".

             1.21.     Article VII(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended to insert immediately after the phrase "of the Notes", the
   following:  "or the Reimbursement Obligations".

             1.22.     Article VII(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended to insert immediately after the phrase "of the Commitment Fee",
   the following:  ", the Letter of Credit Fee, the Issuer's Fee"; and to
   insert immediately after the phrase "(other than principal payments on the
   Notes", the following: "or the Reimbursement Obligations."

             1.23.     Article VII of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to add immediately following the phrase in the final paragraph thereof
   "terminate forthwith the Revolving Loan Commitments and the Eurocurrency
   Commitments", the following "and the obligations to issue Letters of
   Credit"; and to insert immediately after the phrase "whereupon the
   Revolving Loan Notes, the Eurocurrency Notes and the Competitive Bid
   Notes", the following:  "and the Letter of Credit Obligations"; and to
   insert immediately after the phrase "shall automatically terminate, and
   the Revolving Loan Notes, the Eurocurrency Notes and the Competitive Bid
   Notes", the following:  "and the Letter of Credit Obligations".

             1.24.     Section 8.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "the principal of or interest on
   any Note", the following:  "or with respect to any Letter of Credit
   Obligation"; and to insert immediately after the phrase "or the Commitment
   Fee" in the third sentence, the following:  "the Letter of Credit Fee or
   the Issuer's Fee".

             1.25.     Section 8.05 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "of the Notes", the following: 
   "and the Letter of Credit Obligations"; and to insert immediately after
   the phrase "arising out of this Agreement, the Notes," the following: 
   "the Letters of Credit".

             1.26.     Section 8.06 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to insert immediately after the phrase "the Notes evidencing such Loans",
   the following:  "and the Letters of Credit".

             1.27.     Article IX of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   to inset immediately after the phrase "of this Agreement or any Note", the
   following:  "or Letter of Credit"; and to insert immediately after the
   phrase "any Revolving Note or Eurocurrency Note", the following:  "or
   Letter of Credit"; and to insert immediately after the phrase "payment of
   any Commitment Fee", the following:  "or other fee" and to add the
   following at the end thereof:  "No amendment of any provision of this
   Agreement relating in any way to any Issuing Banks or any or all of the
   Letters of Credit shall be effective without the written consent of each
   Issuing Bank affected thereby".

             1.28.     Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended to insert immediately after the phrase "obtain payment in respect
   of any Note held by it as a result of which the unpaid portion of such
   Note is proportionately less than the unpaid portion of the Notes held by
   each of the other Banks", the following:  "or obtain payment in respect of
   any Reimbursement Obligations owed to it as a result of which the unpaid
   portion of such Reimbursement Obligations is proportionately less than the
   unpaid portion of the Reimbursement Obligations held by each of the other
   Banks"; and to insert immediately after the phrase "so that the aggregate
   unpaid principal amount of the Notes", the following: "and Reimbursement
   Obligations"; and to insert immediately after the phrase "shall be in the
   same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes",
   the following:  "and Reimbursement Obligations"; and to insert immediately
   after the phrase "then outstanding as the principal amount of the Note",
   the following:  "and Reimbursement Obligations"; and to insert immediately
   after the phrase "to the principal amount of all the Notes", the
   following:  "and Reimbursement Obligations"; and to insert immediately
   after the phrase "agrees that any holder of a participation in any Loan or
   Note", the following: "and Reimbursement Obligations".

             1.29.     Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
   amended by inserting immediately after the phrase "the proceeds of any
   Loan" in the next to the last sentence thereof, the following:  "or Letter
   of Credit".

             2.   Conditions of Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become
   effective and be deemed effective as of the date hereof, if, and only if,
   the Agent shall have received each of the following:

             (a)  duly executed originals of this Amendment from the Company
        and each of the Banks; and

             (b)  such other documents, instruments and agreements as the
        Agent may reasonably request.

             3.   Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company
   hereby represents and warrants as follows:

             (a)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement as previously
        executed and as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding
        obligations of the Company and are enforceable against the Company in
        accordance with their terms.

             (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Company
        hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and warranties made
        in the Credit Agreement, to the extent the same are not amended
        hereby, and agrees that all such covenants, representations and
        warranties shall be deemed to have been remade as of the effective
        date of this Agreement.

             4.   Reference to the Effect on the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  Upon the effectiveness of Section 1 hereof, on and after
   the date hereof, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this
   Agreement," "hereunder," "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall
   mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 29,
   1995, as amended previously and as amended hereby.

             (b)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement
   dated as of November 29, 1995 and all other documents, instruments and
   agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall remain
   in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

             (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment
   shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a wavier of any
   right, power or remedy of the Agent or any of the Banks, nor constitute a
   waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other documents,
   instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection
   therewith.

             5.   Costs and Expenses.  The Company agrees to pay all
   reasonable costs, fees and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys'
   fees and expenses charged to the Agent) incurred by the Agent in
   connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this
   Amendment.

             6.   Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed by and
   construed in accordance with the internal laws (as opposed to the conflict
   of law provisions) of the State of Illinois.

             7.   Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are included
   herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part
   of this Amendment for any other purpose.

             8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed by one or
   more of the parties to the Amendment on any number of separate
   counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed
   to constitute one and the same instrument.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been duly executed as of
   the day and year first above written.

                                      JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                      Title:    SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & CFO



                                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                         CHICAGO, Individually and as Agent



                                      By:  _________________________________
                                      Title:________________________________



                                      FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.



                                      By:  ________________________________
                                      Title:    ___________________________



                                      SOCIETE GENERALE



                                      By:  ______________________________
                                      Title:    _________________________


                                      WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.



                                      By:  ________________________________
                                      Title:    Vice President



                                      M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK



                                      By:  _______________________________
                                      Title:    __________________________



                                      THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY



                                      By:  ______________________________
                                      Title:    _________________________

                                                               Exhibit 4.14


                       AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
                         Dated as of September 30, 1997


             THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT ("Amendment") is made
   as of September 30, 1997 by and among JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.,
   a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), the financial institutions listed
   on the signature pages hereof (the "Banks") and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
   CHICAGO, in its individual capacity as a Bank and as agent (the "Agent")
   on behalf of the Banks under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
   November 29, 1995 by and among the Company, the Banks and the Agent (as
   amended, the "Credit Agreement").  Defined terms used herein and not
   otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the
   Credit Agreement.

                                   WITNESSETH

             WHEREAS, the Company, the Banks and the Agent are parties to the
   Credit Agreement; 

             WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Banks amend the
   Credit Agreement in certain respects; and

             WHEREAS, the Banks and the Agent are willing to amend the Credit
   Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

             NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth
   above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and
   valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
   acknowledged, the Company, the Banks and the Agent have agreed to the
   following amendments to the Credit Agreement.

        1.  Amendment to Credit Agreement.  Effective as of September 30,
   1997 and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth
   in Section 2 below, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

             1.1. Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
   by adding the following language at the end thereof:  

             "and provided further that for purposes of calculating
             compliance with this Section 6.01 for the fiscal
             quarters ending October 3, 1997 and January 2, 1998,
             the cumulative foreign currency translation account of
             the Company shall be excluded in calculating
             Consolidated Total Capitalization."

        2.   Conditions of Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become
   effective and be deemed effective as of the date hereof, if, and only if,
   the Agent shall have received each of the following:

             (a)  duly executed originals of this Amendment from the Company
        and the Majority Banks; and

             (b)  such other documents, instruments and agreements as the
        Agent may reasonably request.

        3.   Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company
   hereby represents and warrants as follows:

             (a)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement as previously
   executed and amended and as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and
   binding obligations of the Company and are enforceable against the Company
   in accordance with their terms.

             (b)  Upon the  effectiveness of this Amendment, the Company
   hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and warranties made in the
   Credit Agreement, to the extent the same are not amended hereby, and
   agrees that all such covenants, representations and warranties shall be
   deemed to have been remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

        4.   Reference to the Effect on the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  Upon the effectiveness of Section 1 hereof, on and after
   the date hereof, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this
   Agreement," "hereunder," "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall
   mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 29,
   1995, as amended previously and as amended hereby.

             (b)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement
   dated as of November 29, 1995 and all other documents, instruments and
   agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall remain
   in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

             (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment
   shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any
   right, power or remedy of the Agent or any of the Banks, nor constitute a
   waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other documents,
   instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection
   therewith.

        5.   Costs and Expenses.  The Company agrees to pay all reasonable
   costs, fees and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys' fees and
   expenses charged to the Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with
   the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.

        6.   Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed by and
   construed in accordance with the internal laws (as opposed to the conflict
   of law provisions) of the State of Illinois.

        7.   Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are included
   herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part
   of this Amendment for any other purpose.

        8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed by one or more of
   the parties to the Amendment on any number of separate counterparts and
   all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one
   and the same instrument.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of
   the day and year first above written.


                                 JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.


                                 By:     /s/                        
                                 Title:  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & CFO    


                                 THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                         CHICAGO,  Individually and as Agent


                                 By:                           
                                 Title:                             


                                 FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.


                                 By:                           
                                 Title:                             



                                 SOCIETE GENERALE


                                 By:                           
                                 Title:                             


                                 WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.



                                 By:                           
                                 Title:                             




                                 M & I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                                 By:                           
                                 Title:                             



                                 THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY



                                 By:                           
                                 Title:                             







                            Signature Page Johnson Worldside Associates, Inc.
                                                Amendment to Credit Agreement




                       Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.







                                 Note Agreement





                         Dated as of September 15, 1997







                       Re:  $25,000,000 7.15% Senior Notes
                              Due October 15, 2007



   <PAGE>
                                Table of Contents

   Section                           Heading                             Page

   Section 1.     Description of Notes and Commitment  . . . . . . . . . .  1
        Section 1.1.   Description of Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
        Section 1.2.   Commitment, Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

   Section 2.     Prepayment of Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        Section 2.1.   Required Prepayments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
        Section 2.2.   Optional Prepayments of Notes . . . . . . . . . . .  3
        Section 2.3.   Prepayment of Notes upon Change of Control  . . . .  3
        Section 2.4.   Notice of Optional Prepayments  . . . . . . . . . .  4
        Section 2.5.   Allocation of Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
        Section 2.6.   Direct Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

   Section 3.     Representations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
        Section 3.1.   Representations of the Company  . . . . . . . . . .  5
        Section 3.2.   Representations of the Purchaser  . . . . . . . . .  5

   Section 4.     Closing Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
        Section 4.1.   Closing Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
        Section 4.2.   Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
        Section 4.3.   Company's Existence and Authority . . . . . . . . .  6
        Section 4.4.   Consent of Holders of Other Securities  . . . . . .  6
        Section 4.5.   Legality of Investment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
        Section 4.6.   Satisfactory Proceedings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
        Section 4.7.   Waiver of Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
        Section 4.8.   Private Placement Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
        Section 4.9.   Payment of Closing Costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

   Section 5.     Company Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
        Section 5.1.   Corporate Existence, Etc  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
        Section 5.2.   Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
        Section 5.3.   Taxes, Claims for Labor and Materials,
                       Compliance with Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
        Section 5.4.   Maintenance, Etc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
        Section 5.5.   Nature of Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
        Section 5.6.   Limitations on Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
        Section 5.7.   Limitation on Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
        Section 5.8.   Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets,
                       Etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
        Section 5.9.   Consolidated Net Worth  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
        Section 5.10.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
        Section 5.11.  Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
        Section 5.12.  Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
        Section 5.13.  Repurchase of Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
        Section 5.14.  Transactions with Affiliates  . . . . . . . . . . . 19
        Section 5.15.  ERISA Complianc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
        Section 5.16.  Reports and Rights of Inspection  . . . . . . . . . 20

   Section 6.     Events of Default and Remedies Therefor  . . . . . . . . 23
        Section 6.1.   Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
        Section 6.2.   Notice to Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
        Section 6.3.   Acceleration of Maturities  . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
        Section 6.4.   Rescission of Acceleration  . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

   Section 7.  Amendments, Waivers And Consents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
        Section 7.1.   Consent Required  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
        Section 7.2.   Effect of Amendment or Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . 26
        Section 7.3.   Solicitation of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

   Section 8.  Interpretation of Agreement; Definitions  . . . . . . . . . 27
        Section 8.1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
        Section 8.2.   Accounting Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
        Section 8.3.   Directly or Indirectly  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

   Section 9.     Miscellaneous  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
        Section 9.1.   Registration of Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
        Section 9.2.   Exchange of Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
        Section 9.3.   Loss, Theft, Etc. of Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
        Section 9.4.   Expenses, Stamp Tax Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . 36
        Section 9.5.   Powers and Rights Not Waived; Remedies
                       Cumulative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
        Section 9.6.   Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
        Section 9.7.   Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
        Section 9.8.   Survival of Covenants and Representations . . . . . 37
        Section 9.9.   Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
        Section 9.10.  Reproduction of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
        Section 9.11.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
        Section 9.12.  Captions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

   Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39



   Attachments to Note Agreement:

   Schedule I     -    Name and Address of Purchaser
   Schedule II    -    Description of Subsidiaries and Indebtedness of the
                       Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
   Exhibit A      -    Form of 7.15% Senior Note
   Exhibit B      -    Closing Certificate of the Company
   Exhibit C      -    Description of Closing Opinion of Special Counsel
   Exhibit D      -    Description of Closing Opinion of Independent Counsel
                       to Company


   <PAGE>

                       Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.
                                1326 Willow Road
                                  P.O. Box 901
                          Sturtevant, Wisconsin  53177

                                 Note Agreement

        Re:  $25,000,000 7.15% Senior Notes
             Due October 15, 2007

                                               Dated as of September 15, 1997

   The Northwestern Mutual
     Life Insurance Company
   720 East Wisconsin Avenue
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

        The undersigned, Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., a Wisconsin
   corporation, its successors and assigns (the "Company"), agrees with you
   (the "Purchaser") as follows:

   Section 1.     Description of Notes and Commitment.

        Section 1.1.   Description of Notes.  The Company will authorize the
   issue and sale of $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount 7.15% Senior
   Notes due October 15, 2007 (the "Notes") to be dated the date of issue, to
   bear interest from such date at the rate of 7.15% per annum, payable
   semiannually on the fifteenth day of October and April in each year
   (commencing April 15, 1998) and at maturity and to bear interest on
   overdue principal (including any overdue required or optional prepayment
   of principal) and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent legally
   enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest at the Overdue Rate
   (as hereinafter defined) after the due date thereof, whether by
   acceleration or otherwise, until paid, to be expressed to mature on
   October 15, 2007, and to be substantially in the form attached hereto as
   Exhibit A.

        Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day
   year of twelve 30-day months.  The Notes are not subject to prepayment or
   redemption at the option of the Company prior to their express maturity
   dates except on the terms and conditions and in the amounts and with the
   Make-Whole Amount, if any, set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.  The
   terms which are capitalized herein shall have the meanings set forth in
   Section 8.l hereof unless the context shall otherwise require.

        Section 1.2.   Commitment, Closing Date.  Subject to the terms and
   conditions hereof and on the basis of the representations and warranties
   hereinafter set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the
   Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, on the
   Closing Date mentioned below, Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
   $25,000,000 at a price of 100% of the principal amount thereof.

        Delivery of the Notes to be purchased by the Purchaser will be made
   at the offices of Chapman and Cutler, 111 West Monroe, Chicago, Illinois 
   60603, against payment therefor by wire transfer of Federal or other funds
   current and immediately available at the principal office of Huntington
   National Bank, ABA #044000024 for Account No._0189-170494-1, in the amount
   of the purchase price, at or about 10:00 a.m., on October 15, 1997 (the
   "Closing Date").  The Notes delivered to the Purchaser on the Closing Date
   will be delivered to the Purchaser in the form of a single registered Note
   in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (unless different denominations
   are specified by the Purchaser), registered in the Purchaser's name or in
   the name of the Purchaser's nominee, all as the Purchaser may specify at
   any time prior to the date fixed for delivery.

   Section 2.     Prepayment of Notes.

        No prepayment of the Notes may be made except to the extent and in
   the manner expressly provided in this Agreement.

        Section 2.1.   Required Prepayments.  

        (a)  Required Prepayment of Notes.  In addition to paying the entire
   remaining outstanding principal amount and the interest due on the Notes
   on the maturity date thereof, the Company agrees to prepay and apply and
   there shall become due and payable the following sums in respect of the
   aggregate principal indebtedness evidenced by the Notes:

                                          Applicable Amount of
                                                Required
         Required Payment Date              Principal Payment

           October 15, 2001                    $2,000,000
           October 15, 2002                    $2,000,000
           October 15, 2003                    $2,000,000
           October 15, 2004                    $2,000,000
           October 15, 2005                    $3,000,000
           October 15, 2006                    $7,000,000
        (b)  Effects of Required Prepayments.  

        No Make-Whole Amount shall be payable in connection with any required
   prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.1(a).  Except as set forth in the
   next succeeding paragraph, any payment of less than all the Notes pursuant
   to the provisions of Section 2.2 shall not relieve the Company of the
   obligation to make required payments or prepayments on the Notes in
   accordance with the terms of Section 2.1(a).

        In the event the Company shall prepay less than all of the Notes
   pursuant to Section 2.2 or repurchase any Notes in accordance with Section
   5.12, the amount of the prepayments required by Section 2.1(a) shall be
   reduced by an amount which is the same percentage of such required
   prepayment as the percentage that the principal amount of Notes so prepaid
   or repurchased is of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
   immediately prior to such prepayment or repurchase.

        Section 2.2.   Optional Prepayments of Notes.  In addition to the
   prepayments required by Section 2.1(a) and Section 2.3, the Company shall
   have the privilege at any time of prepaying the then outstanding Notes,
   either in whole or in part (but if in part then in units of $100,000 in
   the aggregate or an integral multiple of $10,000 in the aggregate in
   excess thereof) by payment of the principal amount of the Notes and
   accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, together with an
   amount equal to the then applicable Make-Whole Amount, determined as of
   three business days prior to the date of such prepayment pursuant to this
   Section 2.2.

        Section 2.3.   Prepayment of Notes upon Change of Control.  In the
   event that any Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) shall occur, the
   Company will give written notice (the "Company Notice") of such fact in
   the manner provided in Section 9.6 of this Agreement to the holders of the
   Notes.  The Company Notice shall be delivered promptly and in any event no
   later than three business days following the occurrence of any Change of
   Control.  The Company Notice shall (a) describe the facts and
   circumstances of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (b) make
   reference to this Section 2.3 and the right of the holders of the Notes to
   require payment on the terms and conditions provided for in this Section
   2.3, (c) offer in writing to prepay the outstanding Notes, together with
   accrued interest to the date of prepayment and an amount equal to the then
   applicable Make-Whole Amount and (d) specify the date for such prepayment
   (the "Change of Control Prepayment Date") which Change of Control
   Prepayment Date shall be no earlier than fifteen (15) days after the
   receipt of the Company Notice and no later than thirty (30) days after the
   date the Change of Control occurred. The holders of at least 40% in
   aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes shall have the right, by
   written notice given to the Company not later than three business days
   prior to the Change of Control Prepayment Date, to demand that the Company
   prepay all (but not less than all) of the Notes then held by such holders
   on such Change of Control Prepayment Date.  If no such request shall be
   made by a holder, such holder shall be deemed to have declined the
   Company's offer of prepayment.  The prepayment price of any Notes payable
   upon the Change of Control Prepayment Date shall be an amount equal to
   100% of the principal amount of the Notes so to be prepaid and accrued
   interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, together with an amount
   equal to the then applicable Make-Whole Amount, determined as of three
   business days prior to the date of such prepayment pursuant to this
   Section 2.3.

        Without limiting the foregoing, notwithstanding any failure on the
   part of the Company to give the Company Notice herein required as a result
   of the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of the Notes shall
   have the right by delivery of written notice to the Company to require the
   Company to prepay, and the Company will prepay, such holder's Notes in
   full, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and
   an amount equal to the Make-Whole Amount at any time within ninety days
   after such holder has actual knowledge of any such Change of Control. 
   Notice of any required prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be
   delivered by any holder of Notes which was entitled to, but did not
   receive, such Company Notice to the Company after such holder has actual
   knowledge of such Change of Control.  On the date (the "Delayed Prepayment
   Date") designated in such holder's notice (which shall be not earlier than
   10 business days after the date of such holder's notice), the Company
   shall prepay in full all Notes held by such holder together with accrued
   interest thereon to the date of prepayment and an amount equal to the
   Make-Whole Amount, determined as of three business days prior to the date
   of such prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.3.  If the holder of any
   Note gives any notice pursuant to this second paragraph of Section 2.3,
   the Company shall give a Company Notice within two business days of
   receipt of such notice and identify the Delayed Prepayment Date to all
   holders of the Notes and each of such holders shall then and thereupon
   have the rights with respect to the prepayment of its Notes as set forth
   in this Section 2.3; provided only that any date for prepayment of such
   holder's Notes shall be the Delayed Prepayment Date.

        As used in this Section 2.3, a "Change of Control" of the Company
   shall be deemed to have occurred at such time or times as the Johnson
   Family (as hereinafter defined), shall fail to own, directly or
   indirectly, with full power to vote or to direct the voting of, more than
   51% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.

        The term "Johnson Family" shall mean, collectively, (i) Samuel C.
   Johnson, his spouse, their children or grandchildren; (ii) any trust
   directly or indirectly controlled by any one or more of such persons
   described in (i) or any corporation described in (iii) below or any
   present or former officer of any such corporation; (iii) any corporation
   or partnership in which voting control as to such entity is held, directly
   or indirectly, by any one or more of such persons described in (i) or such
   trusts described in (ii) or by the executor or administrator of the estate
   or other legal representative of any such person described in (i); and
   (iv) the executor or administrator of the estate or other legal
   representative of any person described in (i).

        Section 2.4.   Notice of Optional Prepayments.  The Company will give
   notice of any prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.2 to each
   holder thereof not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days before the date
   fixed for such optional prepayment specifying (a) such date, (b) the
   principal amount of the holder's Notes to be prepaid on such date, (c)
   that a Make-Whole Amount may be payable, (d) the date when such Make-Whole
   Amount will be calculated which shall be the date three business days
   prior to the prepayment date, (e) the estimated Make-Whole Amount and (f)
   the accrued interest applicable to such prepayment.  Notice of prepayment
   having been so given, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
   specified in such notice, together with the Make-Whole Amount, if any, and
   accrued interest thereon shall become due and payable on the prepayment
   date.  Not later than two business days prior to the prepayment date
   specified in such notice, the Company shall provide each holder of a Note
   written notice of the Make-Whole Amount, if any, payable in connection
   with such prepayment and, whether or not any Make-Whole Amount is payable,
   a reasonably detailed computation thereof.

        Section 2.5.   Allocation of Prepayments.  All partial prepayments of
   Notes shall be applied on all outstanding Notes being prepaid ratably in
   accordance with the unpaid principal amounts thereof.

        Section 2.6.   Direct Payment.  Notwithstanding anything to the
   contrary in this Agreement or the Notes, in the case of any Note owned by
   the Purchaser or the Purchaser's nominee or owned by any other
   Institutional Holder or its nominee which has given written notice to the
   Company requesting that the provisions of this Section 2.6 shall apply,
   the Company will promptly and punctually pay when due the principal
   thereof and the Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest thereon, without
   any presentment thereof directly to the Purchaser, the Purchaser's nominee
   or any such subsequent Institutional Holder or its nominee at its address
   or such nominee's address set forth in Schedule I or at such other address
   as the Purchaser, the Purchaser's nominee or any such subsequent
   Institutional Holder may from time to time designate in writing to the
   Company or, if an account with a United States bank is designated for the
   Purchaser or the Purchaser's nominee on Schedule I hereto or in any
   written notice to the Company from the Purchaser, the Purchaser's nominee
   or any such subsequent Institutional Holder, the Company will make such
   payments in immediately available funds to such bank account before 10:00
   A.M., marked for attention as indicated, or in such other manner or to
   such other account in any bank in the United States as the Purchaser, the
   Purchaser's nominee or any such subsequent Institutional Holder may from
   time to time direct in writing.

   Section 3.     Representations.

        Section 3.1.   Representations of the Company.  The Company
   represents and warrants that all representations set forth in the form of
   Closing Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B are true and correct as
   of the date of the execution and delivery hereof by the Company and are
   incorporated herein by reference with the same force and effect as though
   herein set forth in full.

        Section 3.2.   Representations of the Purchaser.  (a) The Purchaser
   represents, and in entering into this Agreement the Company understands,
   that the Purchaser is acquiring the Notes for the purpose of investment
   and not with a view to the distribution thereof; provided that the
   disposition of the Purchaser's property shall at all times be and remain
   within its control.  The Purchaser acknowledges that the Notes have not
   and will not be registered under the Act and hereby agrees that it will
   not reoffer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes purchased by
   it under this Agreement except pursuant to any available exemption from
   the requirements of Section 5 of the Act and in accordance with any
   applicable state securities laws.

        (b)  The Purchaser represents that the source of funds to be used by
   the Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased
   hereunder is an "insurance company general account" within the meaning of
   Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemption 95-60 (issued
   July_12, 1995) and there is no employee benefit plan, treating as a single
   plan, all plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization,
   with respect to which the amount of the general account reserves and
   liabilities for all contracts held by or on behalf of such plan, exceed
   ten percent (10%) of the total reserves and liabilities of such general
   account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus, as set
   forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with the state of Wisconsin.

        As used in this Section 3.2(b), the terms "employee benefit plan" and
   "separate account" shall have the respective meanings assigned to such
   terms in Section 3 of ERISA.

   Section 4.     Closing Conditions.

        The obligation of the Purchaser to purchase the Notes on the Closing
   Date shall be subject to the performance by the Company of its agreements
   hereunder which by the terms hereof are to be performed at or prior to the
   time of delivery of the Notes and to the following further conditions
   precedent:

        Section 4.1.   Closing Certificate.  Concurrently with the delivery
   of Notes to the Purchaser on the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall have
   received a Closing Certificate dated the Closing Date, signed by the Chief
   Financial Officer of the Company, substantially in the form attached
   hereto as Exhibit B, the truth and accuracy of which on the Closing Date
   shall be a condition to the Purchaser's obligation to purchase the Notes
   proposed to be purchased by the Purchaser.

        Section 4.2.   Legal Opinions.  Concurrently with the delivery of
   Notes to the Purchaser on the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall have
   received from Chapman and Cutler, who are acting as special counsel to the
   Purchaser in this transaction and from Foley_& Lardner, independent
   counsel to the Company, their respective opinions dated the Closing Date,
   in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, and covering the
   matters set forth in Exhibits C and D, attached hereto.

        Section 4.3.   Company's Existence and Authority.  On or prior to the
   Closing Date, the Purchaser shall have received, in form and substance
   reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, such documents and evidence with
   respect to the Company as the Purchaser may reasonably request in order to
   establish the existence and good standing of the Company and the
   authorization of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

        Section 4.4.   Consent of Holders of Other Securities.  Any consents
   or approvals required to be obtained from any holder or holders of any
   outstanding Security of the Company and any amendments of agreements
   pursuant to which any Securities may have been issued which will be
   necessary to permit the consummation of the transactions contemplated
   hereby on the Closing Date shall have been obtained and all such consents
   or amendments shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the
   Purchaser.

        Section 4.5.   Legality of Investment.  The Notes to be purchased by
   the Purchaser shall be a legal investment for the Purchaser under the laws
   of each jurisdiction to which the Purchaser may be subject (without resort
   to any so-called basket provisions to such laws).

        Section 4.6.   Satisfactory Proceedings.  All proceedings taken in
   connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all
   documents necessary to the consummation thereof, shall be satisfactory in
   form and substance to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall have received
   a copy (executed or certified as may be appropriate) of all legal
   documents or proceedings taken in connection with the consummation of such
   transactions.

        Section 4.7.   Waiver of Conditions.  If on the Closing Date the
   Company fails to tender to the Purchaser the Notes to be issued to the
   Purchaser on such date or if the conditions specified in this Section 4
   have not been fulfilled, the Purchaser may thereupon elect to be relieved
   of all further obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the
   foregoing, if the conditions specified in this Section 4 have not been
   fulfilled, the Purchaser may waive compliance by the Company with any such
   condition to such extent as the Purchaser may in its sole discretion
   determine.  Nothing in this Section 4.7 shall operate to relieve the
   Company of any of its obligations hereunder or to waive the Purchaser's
   rights against the Company.

        Section 4.8.   Private Placement Numbers.  The Company shall have
   obtained for the Notes a Private Placement Number issued by Standard &
   Poor's CUSIP Bureau (in cooperation with the Securities Valuation office
   of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

        Section 4.9.   Payment of Closing Costs.  The Company shall have paid
   the costs, expenses and disbursements of the Purchaser's special counsel
   which are reflected in statements of such counsel rendered prior to the
   Closing pursuant to Section 9.4; and thereafter (without limiting the
   provisions of Section 9.4) the Company will pay, promptly upon receipt of
   any supplemental statements therefor, additional costs or fees, if any,
   and expenses and disbursements of the Purchaser's counsel in connection
   with the Closing (including disbursements unposted as of the Closing Date)
   and attention to post-Closing matters.

   Section 5.     Company Covenants.

        From and after the date of this Agreement and continuing so long as
   any amount remains unpaid on any date:

        Section 5.1.   Corporate Existence, Etc.  The Company will preserve
   and keep in force and effect, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to
   preserve and keep in force and effect, its corporate existence.  The
   Company will preserve and keep in force and effect, and will cause each
   Restricted Subsidiary to preserve and keep in force and effect, all
   franchises, licenses and permits necessary to the proper conduct of its
   business.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 5.1 shall not,
   however, prevent any transaction not prohibited by Section 5.8.

        Section 5.2.   Insurance. The Company will maintain, and will cause
   each Restricted Subsidiary to maintain, insurance coverage by financially
   sound and reputable insurers consistent with such forms and amounts and
   against such risks as are presently maintained by the Company and its
   Restricted Subsidiaries provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the
   Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall maintain insurance coverage
   in such forms and amounts and against such risks as are customary for
   business entities of established reputation engaged in the same or a
   similar business and owning and operating similar properties.

        Section 5.3.   Taxes, Claims for Labor and Materials, Compliance with
   Laws.  (a) The Company will promptly pay and discharge, and will cause
   each Restricted Subsidiary promptly to pay and discharge, all lawful
   taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or
   upon or in respect of all or any part of its property or business, all
   trade accounts payable in accordance with usual and customary business
   terms, and all claims for work, labor or materials, which if unpaid might
   become a Lien or charge upon any of its property; provided the Company or
   such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be required to pay any such tax,
   assessment, charge, levy, account payable or claim if (1) the validity,
   applicability or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by
   appropriate actions or proceedings which will prevent the forfeiture or
   sale of any property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or any
   material interference with the use thereof by the Company or such
   Restricted Subsidiary, (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall
   set aside on its books, reserves deemed by the Company to be adequate with
   respect thereto and (3) the nonpayment of all such taxes and assessments
   in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a material
   adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

        (b)  The Company will promptly comply, and will cause each Restricted
   Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects with all laws, ordinances
   or governmental rules and regulations to which it is subject, including
   without limitation, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as
   amended, ERISA, and all laws, ordinances, governmental rules and
   regulations relating to environmental protection in all applicable
   jurisdictions, the violation of which would materially and adversely
   affect the properties, business, prospects, profits or condition of the
   Company and its Restricted subsidiaries, taken as whole, or would result
   in any Lien not permitted under Section 5.7.

        Section 5.4.   Maintenance, Etc.  The Company will maintain, preserve
   and keep, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to maintain, preserve
   and keep, its material properties which are used or useful in the conduct
   of its business (whether owned in fee or a leasehold interest) in good
   repair and working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and from time
   to time will make all necessary repairs, replacements, renewals and
   additions so that at all times the efficiency thereof shall be maintained.

        Section 5.5.   Nature of Business.  Neither the Company nor any
   Restricted Subsidiary will engage in any business if, as a result, the
   general nature of the business, taken on a consolidated basis, which would
   then be engaged by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be
   substantially changed from the general nature of the business engaged by
   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Agreement.

        Section 5.6.   Limitations on Indebtedness.  (a) The Company will
   not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, issue,
   assume, guarantee or otherwise incur or in any manner become liable in
   respect of any additional Current Debt or Funded Debt except:

             (1)  the Notes;

             (2)  Current Debt and Funded Debt of the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date of this Agreement
        and described on Schedule II attached hereto;

             (3)  Current Debt or Funded Debt of the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that at the time of creation,
        issuance, assumption, guarantee or incurrence thereof and after
        giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof,
        Consolidated Funded Debt would not exceed 55% of Consolidated Total
        Capitalization, provided that for purposes of any determination of
        additional Funded Debt to be issued or incurred within the limitation
        of this Section 5.6(a)(3), the Average Outstanding Balance of
        Consolidated Current Debt (as defined in Section 5.6(e) below)
        computed for the Compliance Period (as defined in Section 5.6(e)
        below) preceding the date of any such determination shall be deemed
        to constitute outstanding Funded Debt of the Company incurred as of
        the last day of such Compliance Period and, except to the extent that
        any such Current Debt was refinanced with Funded Debt, in which case
        such Current Debt, to the extent it was refinanced with Funded Debt,
        will not be deemed to constitute Funded Debt, shall be deemed
        outstanding at all times prior to the end of the next Compliance
        Period; and

             (4)  additional Current Debt or Funded Debt of a Restricted
        Subsidiary to the Company or to an Eighty Percent-Owned Restricted
        Subsidiary.

        (b)  The Company will not at any time permit the sum of (i) Current
   Debt and Funded Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Current Debt
   and Funded Debt owed to the Company or an Eighty Percent-Owned Restricted
   Subsidiary), plus (ii) Funded Debt of the Company and Restricted
   Subsidiaries secured by Liens permitted by Section 5.7(a)(9) to exceed 25%
   of Consolidated Tangible Assets.

        (c)  Any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date
   hereof shall for all purposes of this Section 5.6 be deemed to have
   created, assumed or incurred or issued at the time it becomes a Restricted
   Subsidiary all Current Debt and Funded Debt of such Person existing
   immediately after it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

        (d)  The renewal, extension or refunding of any Current Debt or
   Funded Debt issued or incurred in accordance with the limitations of this
   Section 5.6 shall constitute the issue of additional Current Debt or
   Funded Debt, as the case may be, which is, in turn, subject to the
   limitations of the applicable provisions of this Section 5.6.

        (e)  For the purposes of Section 5.6(a) hereof, the following terms
   shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

             "Average Outstanding Balance of Consolidated Current Debt" shall
        mean the average of the aggregate unpaid principal amounts of
        Consolidated Current Debt outstanding on each of the Company's July
        fiscal month-end, August 15, the Company's August fiscal month-end,
        September 15 and the Company's September fiscal month-end for each
        Compliance Period.

             "Compliance Period" shall mean the period beginning on the date
        of the Company's July fiscal month-end and ending on the date of the
        Company's September fiscal month-end in each calendar year.

        Section 5.7.   Limitation on Liens.  (a) The Company will not, and
   will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or incur, or suffer
   to be incurred or to exist, any Lien on its or their property or assets,
   whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits
   therefrom, or transfer any property for the purpose of subjecting the same
   to the payment of obligations in priority to the payment of its or their
   general creditors, or acquire or agree to acquire or permit any Restricted
   Subsidiary to acquire any property or assets pursuant to conditional sales
   agreements or other title retention devices, except:

             (1)  Liens for property taxes and assessments or governmental
        charges or levies and Liens securing claims or demands of mechanics
        and materialmen; provided that payment thereof is not at the time
        required by Section 5.3;

             (2)  Liens of or resulting from any judgment or award, the time
        for the appeal or petition for rehearing of which shall not have
        expired, or in respect of which the Company or a Restricted
        Subsidiary shall at any time in good faith be prosecuting an appeal
        or proceeding for a review and in respect of which a stay of
        execution pending such appeal or proceeding for review shall have
        been secured;

             (3)  Liens incidental to the conduct of business or the
        ownership of properties and assets (including, without limitation,
        warehousemen's and attorneys' liens, statutory landlords' liens,
        workers' compensation liens and ERISA liens) and deposits, pledges or
        Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders or trade contracts,
        or to secure statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or other
        Liens of like general nature incurred in the ordinary course of
        business and not in connection with the borrowing of money; provided
        that the aggregate amount of the obligations so secured will not
        materially impair the value of the assets so secured or the use
        thereof in the ordinary course of business and provided, further,
        that in each case, the obligation so secured will not exceed
        $1,000,000 and is not overdue or, if overdue, is being contested in
        good faith by appropriate actions or proceedings;

             (4)  minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or
        reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and
        other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use
        of real properties, which are necessary for the conduct of the
        activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or which
        customarily exist on properties of Persons engaged in similar
        activities and similarly situated and which do not in any event
        materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the
        Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

             (5)  Liens securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to
        the Company or to an Eighty Percent-Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

             (6)  Liens existing as of the date of this Agreement securing
        Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding
        on such date and described on Schedule II attached to this Agreement;

             (7)  Liens incurred after the date of this Agreement given to
        secure the payment of the cost of the acquisition or construction of
        fixed assets useful and intended to be used in carrying on the
        business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i)
        the Lien shall attach solely to the fixed assets acquired or
        constructed, (ii) the Lien shall have been created or incurred within
        twelve (12) months of the date of acquisition or the date of
        completion of construction, as the case may be, of such fixed assets,
        (iii) at the time of the acquisition or construction of such fixed
        assets the aggregate amount remaining unpaid on all Indebtedness
        secured by Liens on such fixed assets whether or not assumed by the
        Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not exceed an amount equal
        to the lesser of the total cost or fair market value at the time of
        acquisition or completion of construction of such fixed assets (as
        determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company)
        and (iv) all such Indebtedness shall have been incurred within the
        applicable limitations of Section 5.6;

             (8)  Liens existing on any assets at the time of acquisition
        thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Restricted
        Subsidiary of any business entity then owning such assets, whether or
        not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the
        purchase price of the assets to which they attach, so long as they
        were not incurred, extended or renewed in contemplation of such
        acquisition; provided that (i) any such Lien shall attach solely to
        the assets acquired or the assets of such business entity and (ii) at
        the time of the acquisition of the assets or business entity, as the
        case may be, the aggregate amount remaining unpaid on all
        Indebtedness secured by Liens on such assets (whether or not assumed
        by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary) shall not be in excess
        of the fair market value of such assets at the time of such
        acquisition (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
        the Company);

             (9)  Liens incurred after the date of this Agreement given to
        secure Funded Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
        addition to the Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (1) through
        (8) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness secured by such Liens
        shall have been incurred within the applicable limitations of Section
        5.6; and

             (10) any extension, renewal or replacement of any Lien permitted
        by the preceding clauses (6), (7) and (8) of this Section 5.7 in
        respect of the same property theretofore subject to such Lien in
        connection with the extension, renewal or refunding of the
        Indebtedness secured thereby; provided that (i) such Lien shall
        attach solely to the same such property and (ii) such extension,
        renewal or refunding of such Indebtedness shall have been incurred
        within the applicable limitations of Section 5.6.

        (b)  In the event any property or assets of the Company or any
   Restricted Subsidiary are subjected to a Lien not otherwise permitted by
   this Section 5.7, the Company will make or cause to be made provision
   whereby the Notes will be secured, to the full extent permitted under
   applicable law, equally and ratably with all other obligations secured
   thereby, and in any case the Notes shall (but only in such event) have the
   benefit, to the full extent that the holders may be entitled thereto under
   applicable law, of an equitable Lien on such property or assets equally
   and ratably securing the Notes.  Compliance with the provisions of this
   paragraph shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of, or consent to,
   any Default or Event of Default caused by any violation of the provisions
   of this Section 5.7.

        Section 5.8.   Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets, Etc.  (a)
   The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
   consolidate with or be a party to a merger with or liquidate into any
   other Person; provided, however, that:

             (1)  any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with or
        liquidate into the Company, any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or any
        Restricted Subsidiary that is the direct or indirect parent of such
        Restricted Subsidiary and any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
        Principal Subsidiary) may merge or consolidate with or liquidate into
        any other Restricted Subsidiary so long as (i) in any merger or
        consolidation involving the Company, the Company shall be the
        surviving corporation and (ii) in any merger, consolidation or
        liquidation involving a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and a non-
        Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, the Domestic Restricted Subsidiary
        shall be the surviving corporation; and

             (2)  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or
        merge with any other corporation if (i) (in the case of a merger or
        consolidation involving the Company) the surviving or acquiring
        corporation (if other than the Company) (A) is organized and existing
        under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the
        District of Columbia, (B) shall expressly assume in writing the due
        and punctual performance of all obligations of the Company under this
        Agreement and the due and punctual payment of the principal of and
        Make-Whole Amount if any, and interest on all the Notes, according to
        their tenor, and (C) the Company or such surviving or acquiring
        corporation shall furnish to the holders of the Notes an opinion of
        counsel satisfactory to such holders to the effect that the
        instrument of assumption has been duly authorized, executed and
        delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and
        agreement of the surviving or acquiring corporation enforceable in
        accordance with its terms, except as enforcement of such terms may be
        limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the
        enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and subject, as to
        enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of
        whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law),
        or (ii) (in the case of a merger or consolidation involving a
        Restricted Subsidiary) such Restricted Subsidiary shall be the
        surviving corporation and (iii) in the case of any consolidation or
        merger described in either (i) or (ii), at the time of such
        consolidation or merger, and after giving effect thereto (A) no
        Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
        (B) the Company, such surviving or acquiring corporation or such
        Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, would be permitted to
        incur at least $1 of additional Funded Debt under the applicable
        provisions of Section 5.6.

        (b)  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
   Subsidiary to, sell, lease, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of,
   assets (other than (x) sales of goods, products, inventory or services in
   the ordinary course of business to customers, (y) the sale, lease,
   transfer or disposition of assets to the Company or a Domestic Restricted
   Subsidiary if a merger between such transferor and such Domestic
   Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted under Section 5.8(a)(1), and (z)
   sales or other dispositions of assets, having a fair market value (as
   determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) in
   any single sale or disposition of not greater than $250,000 which the
   Company determines have become inadequate, obsolete, worn out, unsuitable,
   undesirable or unnecessary in the conduct of its business); provided that
   the foregoing restrictions do not apply to the sale of assets for cash or
   property to a Person or Persons if all of the following conditions are
   met:

             (1)  either (i) the net book value of such assets, when added to
        the net book value of all other assets sold, leased, transferred or
        otherwise disposed of by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
        pursuant to this Section 5.8(b)(1) during the immediately preceding
        twelve-month period do not constitute 10% of Consolidated Total
        Assets (determined as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal
        quarter) or (ii) the sum of the portions of Consolidated Net Income
        contributed for the immediately preceding twelve-month period (each
        as determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the
        Company) by (A) such assets, (B) each Restricted Subsidiary (or
        portion thereof) disposed of during such period and (C) other assets
        of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries disposed of during
        such period pursuant to this Section 5.8(b)(1) do not constitute 10%
        of Consolidated Net Income for such period; and

             (2)  immediately after the consummation of the transaction and
        after giving effect thereto, (i) no Default or Event of Default would
        exist and (ii) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1 of
        additional Funded Debt under the provisions of Section 5.6(a)(3).

        Computations made pursuant to Section 5.8(b)(1) shall include
   dispositions made pursuant to Section Section 5.8(c)(3) and 5.8(c)(4) and
   computations pursuant to Section Section 5.8(c)(3) and 5.8(c)(4) shall
   include dispositions made pursuant to Section 5.8(b)(1).

        (c)  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
   Subsidiary to, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of
   capital stock (including as "stock" for the purposes of this Section
   5.8(c), any warrants, rights or options to purchase or otherwise acquire
   stock or other Securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock)
   of any Restricted Subsidiary, and the Company will not permit any
   Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of stock of such Restricted
   Subsidiary (except for any sale, transfer, issuance or other disposition
   of stock to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary if a merger between
   such transferor or issuer and such Restricted Subsidiary would be
   permitted under Section 5.8(a)(1); provided that the foregoing
   restrictions do not apply to:

             (1)  the sale, transfer or issuance of directors' qualifying
        shares of capital stock;

             (2)  the sale, transfer or issuance of any de minimis number of
        shares of capital stock to foreign domiciliaries as may be required
        by law;

             (3)  the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any part
        of the shares of capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other
        than a Principal Subsidiary); 

             (4)  the sale, transfer or other disposition of all shares of
        capital stock of a Principal Subsidiary held by the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries if all of the following conditions are met:

             (i)  simultaneously with such sale, transfer, or disposition,
        all shares of stock and all Indebtedness of such Principal Subsidiary
        at the time owned by the Company and by every other Restricted
        Subsidiary shall be sold, transferred or disposed of as an entirety;

             (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have
        determined, as evidenced by a resolution thereof, that the proposed
        sale, transfer or disposition of said shares of stock and
        Indebtedness is in the best interests of the Company;

             (iii)     said shares of stock and Indebtedness are sold,
        transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person or Persons, for cash
        and/or tangible assets and on terms reasonably deemed by the Board of
        Directors of the Company to be adequate and satisfactory; and

             (iv) the Principal Subsidiary being disposed of shall not have
        any continuing investment in the Company or any other Restricted
        Subsidiary not being simultaneously disposed of;

             (5)  the sale, transfer or issuance of shares of capital stock
        of a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the purchase or other
        acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of all or
        substantially all of the capital stock, properties or assets of any
        Person or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of any
        Person which constitute a distinct product line, division or other
        operating segment; provided that:

             (i)  after giving effect to such sale, transfer or issuance and
        such purchase or other acquisition, no Default or Event of Default
        would then exist;

             (ii) the aggregate fair value of all such capital stock,
        properties or assets so acquired attributable to the issuance, sale
        or transfer of such shares of capital stock in each sale, transfer or
        issuance of such shares shall equal or exceed the fair value of such
        shares (in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of
        Directors of the Company at the time of such acquisition taking into
        consideration the terms of any written agreement described in Section
        5.8(c)(5)(iii) below); and

             (iii)     the shares of capital stock are sold, transferred or
        issued pursuant to a written agreement which (A) contemplates the
        subsequent purchase or redemption of such shares by the Company or
        the Restricted Subsidiary whose shares have been so sold, transferred
        or issued or any direct or indirect parent of such Restricted
        Subsidiary upon request of the transferee of such shares or upon
        demand by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or
        indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary made pursuant to the
        terms of such written agreement at a price or prices computed by
        reference to such formulas or indices or other references as are
        determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company at
        the time of such acquisition to be in the best interests of the
        Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) prohibits the
        transfer of such shares to any Person other than the Company or the
        Restricted Subsidiary whose shares have been so sold, transferred or
        issued or any direct or indirect parent of such Restricted
        Subsidiary; and

             (6)  the sale, transfer or issuance of capital stock to
        employees of Restricted Subsidiaries as part of any incentive stock
        arrangement other than any incentive stock agreement entered into in
        connection with any purchase or acquisition contemplated by Section
        5.8(c)(5) provided that:

             (i)  after giving effect to such issuance no Restricted
        Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary; and

             (ii) the aggregate fair value (in each case determined in good
        faith at the time of such issuance by the Board of Directors of the
        Company or such person or committee as the Board of Directors of the
        Company may authorize to make such determination pursuant to the
        terms of any such incentive stock arrangement) of all shares of
        capital stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries issued to such
        employees shall not exceed $2,000,000;

   provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any sale, transfer,
   issuance or other disposition of shares pursuant to Section Section
   5.8(c)(3) or 5.8(c)(4) may not be consummated if either (y) the net book
   value of the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary attributable to such
   sale, transfer, issuance or other disposition of shares when added to the
   net book value of all other assets sold, leased, transferred or otherwise
   disposed of by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the
   immediately preceding twelve-month period would constitute more than 10%
   of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the end of the immediately
   preceding fiscal quarter) or (z) the portions of Consolidated Net Income
   for the immediately preceding twelve-month period contributed (each as
   determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) by
   (1) such assets, (2) each Restricted Subsidiary (or portion thereof)
   disposed of during such period and (3) other assets of the Company and its
   Restricted Subsidiaries sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of
   by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period would
   exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Income for such period.

        Computations made with respect to Section Section 5.8(c)(3) and
   5.8(c)(4) as contemplated by this Section 5.8(c) shall include
   dispositions made within the provisions of Section Section 5.8(b)(1) and
   computations made pursuant to Section Section 5.8(b)(1) shall include
   dispositions made pursuant to Section Section 5.8(c)(3) and 5.8(c)(4).

        (d)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.8, the
   Company may sell stock or assets of Airguide Instrument Co.  Sales of
   stock or assets permitted by this Section 5.8(d) shall not be taken into
   account for purposes of calculating the limitations on permitted sales of
   assets and stock set forth in Section 5.8(b)(1) and the proviso at the end
   of Section 5.8(c).

        Section 5.9.   Consolidated Net Worth.  The Company will at all times
   keep and maintain Consolidated Net Worth at an amount not less than
   $90,000,000; provided that Charges for Identified Dispositions shall not
   be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of
   Consolidated Net Worth maintained by the Company for purposes of
   calculations pursuant to this Section 5.9.

        Section 5.10.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  The Company will keep
   and maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio at not less than 1.5 to 1;
   provided that on not more than four occasions the Fixed Charge Coverage 
   Ratio can be less than 1.5 to 1 so long as it is greater than 1.2 to 1.

        Section 5.11.  Distributions.  (a) The Company will not, and will not
   permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, except as hereinafter provided:

             (1)  declare or pay any dividends, either in cash or property,
        on any shares of its capital stock of any class (except dividends or
        other distributions payable solely in shares of capital stock of the
        Company and dividends paid by Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company
        or other Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of capital stock of
        Restricted Subsidiaries owned by the Company or such other Restricted
        Subsidiaries); or

             (2)  directly or indirectly, or through any Subsidiary,
        purchase, redeem or retire any shares of its capital stock of any
        class or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any
        shares of its capital stock (other than (i) in exchange for or out of
        the net cash proceeds to the Company obtained within three months of
        such purchase, redemption or retirement from the issue or sale of
        other shares of capital stock of the Company or warrants, rights or
        options to purchase or acquire any shares of its capital stock, or
        (ii) in connection with any purchase or redemption of any shares of
        capital stock sold, transferred or issued in accordance with Section
        Section 5.8(c)(1), 5.8(c)(2) or 5.8(c)(5)); or

             (3)  make any other payment or distribution, either directly or
        indirectly or through any Subsidiary, in respect of its capital
        stock;

   (such declarations or payments of dividends, purchases, redemptions or
   retirements of capital stock and warrants, rights or options and all such
   other payments or distributions being herein collectively called
   "Distributions"), unless after giving effect thereto no Default or Event
   of Default would exist and the aggregate amount of Distributions made
   during the period from and after June 14, 1991 to and including the date
   of the making of the Distributions in question would not exceed the sum of
   (1) $5,000,000, plus (2) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for such period,
   computed on a cumulative basis for said entire period (or if such
   Consolidated Net Income is a deficit figure, then minus 100% of such
   deficit).

        (b)  For the purposes of this Section 5.11, the amount of any
   Distribution declared, paid or distributed in property shall be deemed to
   be the greater of the book value or fair market value (as determined in
   good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) of such property at
   the time of the making of the Distribution in question.

        (c)  The Company will not authorize or make a Distribution on its
   capital stock if after giving effect to the proposed Distribution:

             (1)  a Default or Event of Default would exist, or

             (2)  the Company could not incur at least $1.00 of additional
        Funded Debt pursuant to Section 5.6(a)(3).

        Section 5.12.  Investments.  The Company will not, and will not
   permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Investments, other than:

             (a)  Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
        and to Restricted Subsidiaries, including any Investment in a Person
        which, after giving effect to such Investment, will become a
        Restricted Subsidiary;

             (b)  Investments in property or assets to be used in the usual
        and ordinary course of business of the Company or its Restricted
        Subsidiaries; provided that, after giving effect to any such
        Investment, the Company remains in compliance with Section 5.5
        hereof;

             (c)  Investments in commercial paper maturing in 270 days or
        less from the date of issuance which, at the time of acquisition by
        the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, is accorded the highest
        rating by Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's Investors Service,
        Inc. or another credit rating agency of recognized national standing;

             (d)  Investments in direct obligations of the federal
        governments of the United States of America, Canada or England and
        Wales or any direct agency or instrumentality of any thereof, the
        payment or guarantee of which constitutes a full faith and credit
        obligation of the federal governments of the United States of
        America, Canada or England and Wales or any direct agency or
        instrumentality of any thereof, as the case may be, in each case,
        maturing in twelve months or less from the date of acquisition
        thereof;

             (e)  Term Federal funds and banker's acceptances maturing within
        180 days from the date of acquisition thereof and issued by a bank
        organized under the laws of the United States, Canada, or England and
        Wales, having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at
        least U.S. $l00,000,000; provided that the issuing institution has a
        rating of A- or better by Keefe Bank Watch Service;

             (f)  Investments in certificates of deposit maturing within one
        year from the date of acquisition thereof, issued by a bank or trust
        company organized under the laws of the United States, having
        capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least
        $100,000,000 and whose long-term certificates of deposit are, at the
        time of acquisition thereof by the Company or a Restricted
        Subsidiary, rated A or better by Standard & Poor's Corporation or by
        Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

             (g)  loans or advances in the usual and ordinary course of
        business to officers, directors, and employees incidental to carrying
        on the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

             (h)  receivables arising from the sale of goods and services in
        the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted
        Subsidiaries; and

             (i)  other Investments (in addition to those permitted by the
        foregoing provisions of this Section 5.12); provided that (1) all
        such other Investments shall not exceed in the aggregate 25% of
        Consolidated Tangible Net Worth Available for Investments and (2)
        after giving effect to such other Investments, no Default or Event of
        Default would exist.

        In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the
   limitations set forth in this Section 5.12, such Investments shall be
   taken at the original cost thereof, without allowance for any subsequent
   write-offs or appreciation or depreciation therein, but less any amount
   repaid or recovered on account of capital or principal.

        For purposes of this Section 5.12, at any time when a Person becomes
   a Restricted Subsidiary, all Investments of such Person at such time shall
   be deemed to have been made by such Person, as a Restricted Subsidiary, at
   such time.

        Section 5.13.  Repurchase of Notes.  Neither the Company nor any
   Subsidiary or Affiliate, directly or indirectly, may repurchase or make
   any offer to repurchase any Notes unless the offer has been made in
   writing to repurchase Notes, pro rata, from all holders of the Notes at
   the same time and upon the same terms.  In case the Company or any
   Subsidiary repurchases any Notes, such Notes shall thereafter be canceled
   and no Notes shall be issued in substitution therefor.

        Section 5.14.  Transactions with Affiliates.  The Company will not,
   and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or be a party
   to any material transaction or arrangement with any Affiliate (including,
   without limitation, the purchase from, sale to or exchange of property
   with, or the rendering of any service by or for, any Affiliate), except
   transactions reasonably deemed by the Company in good faith to be in the
   best business interests of the Company or the concerned Restricted
   Subsidiary and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the
   Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than would obtain in a comparable
   arm's-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate.

        Section 5.15.  ERISA Compliance.  The Company will not, and will not
   permit any Subsidiary to:

             (a)  permit any Plans at any time maintained by the Company or
        any such Subsidiary to have any Unfunded Vested Pension Liabilities
        in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate.  As used herein, "Unfunded
        Vested Pension Liability" shall mean an excess of the actuarial
        present value of accumulated vested Plan benefits as at the end of
        the immediately preceding Plan year of such Plans (or as of any more
        recent valuation date) over the net assets allocated to such Plans
        which are available for benefits, all as determined and disclosed in
        the most recent actuarial valuation report for such Plans;

             (b)  cause any Plan which it or any Subsidiary maintains or in
        which it or any Subsidiary participates at any time to:

             (1)  engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as such term is
        defined in ERISA);

             (2)  incur any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as such term is
        defined in ERISA) whether or not waived; or

             (3)  terminate any such Plan in a manner which could result in
        the imposition of a lien on any property of the Company or any of its
        Subsidiaries pursuant to ERISA;

             (c)  permit any condition to exist in connection with any Plan
        which might constitute grounds for the PBGC to institute proceedings
        to have such Plan terminated or a trustee appointed to administer
        such Plan; or

             (d)  withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan if such withdrawal
        shall subject the Company or any Subsidiary to withdrawal liability
        (as described under Part 1 of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA) in
        excess of $100,000.

        All assumptions and methods used to determine the actuarial valuation
   of vested employee benefits under any Plan at any time maintained by the
   Company or any Subsidiary and the present value of assets of such Plans
   shall be reasonable in the good faith judgment of the Company and shall
   comply with all requirements of law.

        Section 5.16.  Reports and Rights of Inspection.  The Company will
   keep, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to keep, proper books of
   record and account in which full and correct entries will be made of all
   dealings or transactions of or in relation to its business and affairs, in
   accordance with relevant accounting principles consistently applied and in
   the case of the Company and any Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries in
   accordance with GAAP (except for changes disclosed in the financial
   statements furnished to the Holders pursuant to this Section 5.16 and
   concurred in by the independent public accountants referred to in Section
   5.16(b)), and will furnish to each Institutional Holder of the outstanding
   Notes (in duplicate if so specified below or otherwise requested) and, in
   the case of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b)
   of this Section 5.16, to the Securities Valuation Office, National
   Association of Insurance Commissioners, 67 Wall Street, New York, New York
   10005:

             (a)  Quarterly Statements.  As soon as available and in any
        event within 45 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period
        (except the last) of each fiscal year, duplicate copies of:

             (1)  a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such quarterly period,
        setting forth in comparative form the consolidated figures for the
        corresponding period for the preceding fiscal year,

             (2)  a consolidated statement of income of the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries for such quarterly fiscal period and for the
        portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarterly fiscal period,
        in each case setting forth in comparative form the consolidated
        figures for the corresponding periods of the preceding fiscal year,
        and

             (3)  a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and
        its Restricted Subsidiaries for the portion of the fiscal year ending
        with such quarterly fiscal period, setting forth in comparative form
        the consolidated figures for the corresponding period of the
        preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified as
        complete and correct by an authorized financial officer of the
        Company;

             (b)  Annual Statements.  As soon as available and in any event
        within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Company,
        duplicate copies of:

             (1)  consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year, and

             (2)  consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and
        cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
        fiscal year,

   in each case setting forth in comparative form the consolidated figures
   for the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by
   an opinion thereon of a firm of independent public accountants of
   recognized national standing selected by the Company, unqualified as to
   scope, to the effect that the consolidated financial statements present
   fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal
   year being reported on and the consolidated results of the operations and
   cash flows for said year in conformity with GAAP and that the examination
   of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been
   conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and
   included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing
   procedures as were considered necessary in the circumstances;

             (c)  Audit Reports.  Promptly upon initiation thereof, written
        notice of each interim or special audit to be made by independent
        accountants of the books of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
        and any management letter to be delivered from such accountants in
        connection therewith;

             (d)  SEC and Other Reports.  Promptly (and in any event within
        30 days) upon their becoming available, one copy of each financial
        statement, report, notice, press release or proxy statement sent by
        the Company to stockholders generally or made available to the public
        and one copy of each regular or periodic report, registration
        statement or prospectus filed by the Company or any Restricted
        Subsidiary with any securities exchange or the Securities and
        Exchange Commission or any successor agency, and, if the Purchaser or
        any such Institutional Holder so requests, one copy of any material
        order in any proceedings to which the Company or any of its
        Restricted Subsidiaries is a party, issued by any governmental
        agency, Federal or state, having jurisdiction over the Company or any
        of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

             (e)  Officers' Certificates.  Within the periods provided in
        paragraphs (a) and (b) above, a certificate of an authorized
        financial officer of the Company stating that such officer has
        reviewed the provisions of this Agreement and setting forth: (1) the
        information and computations (in sufficient detail) required in order
        to establish whether the Company was in compliance with the
        applicable requirements of Section Section 5.6 through 5.12 hereof at
        the end of the period covered by the financial statements then being
        furnished and (2) whether, to the best of his knowledge based on such
        review, there existed as of the date of such financial statements or
        there exists on the date of the certificate or existed at any time
        during the period covered by such financial statements any Default or
        Event of Default and, if any such condition or event exists on the
        date of the certificate or existed during such period, specifying the
        nature and extent thereof and the action the Company is taking, has
        taken or proposes to take with respect thereto; provided further,
        that such certificates as are delivered with respect to the period
        provided for in paragraph (b) above, shall include a list of any
        changes in Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such period;

             (f)  Accountants Certificates.  Within the period provided in
        paragraph (b) above, a certificate of the accountants who are
        reporting upon such financial statements, stating that they have
        reviewed this Agreement and, stating further, whether in making their
        audit such accountants (1) have not become aware that the Company and
        the Restricted Subsidiaries have failed to comply with the terms,
        covenants, provisions, or conditions contained in Section 5 hereof
        and (2) have examined the schedules to such reports or other
        certificates or documents containing calculations of the financial
        covenants required to be performed or observed pursuant to Section
        Section 5.6 through 5.12 hereof, and in their opinion, the
        information set forth in such schedules or other certificates or
        documents is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to
        the annual consolidated financial statements taken as a whole;

             (g)  ERISA Notices.  Promptly upon learning of the occurrence of
        any of the following, written notice thereof, describing the same and
        the steps being taken by the Company or any Subsidiary affected with
        respect thereto, and when known, any action taken or threatened by
        the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or the PBGC with
        respect thereto: (1) a Reportable Event with respect to any Plan; (2)
        the institution of any steps by the Company, any ERISA Affiliate, the
        PBGC or any other person to terminate any Plan other than a "standard
        termination" under Section 4041(b) of ERISA; (3) the institution of
        any steps by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to withdraw from any
        Multiemployer Plan; (4) a "prohibited transaction" within the meaning
        of Section 406 of ERISA in connection with any Plan; or (5) any
        material increase in the contingent liability of the Company or any
        subsidiary with respect to any post-retirement welfare liability; and

             (h)  Requested Information. With reasonable promptness, such
        other data and information as the Purchaser or any such Institutional
        Holder may reasonably request, including, without limitation, such
        financial or other information as any holder of the Notes or any
        Person designated by such holder may reasonably determine as required
        to permit such holder to comply with requirements of Rule 144A
        promulgated under the Act in connection with the resale by it of the
        Notes.

   Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will permit the Purchaser, so
   long as the Purchaser is the holder of a Note, and each Institutional
   Holder of the then outstanding Notes (or such agent(s) as either the
   Purchaser or such Institutional Holder may designate) to visit and
   inspect, under the Company's guidance, any of the properties  of the
   Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and to examine all  of their books
   of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts
   therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts
   with their respective officers, employees, and independent public
   accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes such accountants
   to discuss with the Purchaser the finances and affairs of the Company and
   its Restricted Subsidiaries) all at such reasonable times and as often as
   may be reasonably requested.  The Company shall be required to pay or
   reimburse the Purchaser or any such Institutional Holder for reasonable
   expenses which the Purchaser or any such Institutional Holder may incur in
   connection with any such visitation or inspection occurring at such time
   as any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

        All information which is furnished to or obtained by any holder of
   Notes pursuant to this Section 5.16 or otherwise pursuant to this
   Agreement shall, if so requested in writing by the Company, be received
   and held in confidence unless or until the same has been publicly
   disclosed by the Company; provided, however, nothing herein contained
   shall limit or impair the right or obligation of any Institutional Holder
   of the Notes to disclose such information: (a) to its auditors, trustees,
   advisors, attorneys, employees or agents, (b) when required by any law,
   ordinance or governmental order, regulation, rule, policy, investigation
   or any regulatory authority request, (c) as may be required or appropriate
   in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any municipal, state,
   provincial or Federal regulatory body having or claiming to have
   jurisdiction over such Institutional Holder or to the United States
   National Association of Insurance Commissioners or similar organizations
   or their successors, (d) which is publicly available or readily
   ascertainable from public sources, or which is received by any
   Institutional Holder of the Notes from a third Person who or which is not
   bound to keep the same confidential, (e) in connection with any
   proceeding, case or matter pending (or on its face purported to be
   pending) before any court, tribunal, arbitration board or any governmental
   agency, commission, authority, board or similar entity, (f) in connection
   with the enforcement by an Institutional Holder of its rights under or in
   respect of this Agreement or the Notes after the occurrence of a Default
   or Event of Default, or (g) to the extent necessary in connection with any
   contemplated transfer of any of the Notes by an Institutional Holder
   thereof (it being understood and agreed that any such transferee which
   purchases such Notes shall itself be bound by the terms and provisions
   hereof.)

   Section 6.     Events of Default and Remedies Therefor.

        Section 6.1.   Events of Default.  Any one or more of the following
   shall constitute an "Event of Default" as the term is used herein:

             (a)  Default shall occur in the payment of interest on any Note
        when the same shall have become due and such default shall continue
        for more than five days; or

             (b)  Default shall occur in the making of any required
        prepayment on any of the Notes as provided in Section 2; or

             (c)  Default shall occur in the making of any other payment of
        the principal of any Note or the premium thereon at the expressed or
        any accelerated maturity date or at any date fixed for prepayment; or

             (d)  Default shall be made in the payment of the principal of or
        interest on Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any
        Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Notes) aggregating more than
        $3,000,000 as and when the same shall become due and payable by the
        lapse of time, by declaration, by call for redemption or otherwise,
        and such default shall continue beyond the period of grace, if any,
        allowed with respect thereto; or

             (e)  Default or the happening of any event shall occur under any
        indentures, agreements or other instruments (other than the
        Agreement) under which any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the
        Company or any Restricted Subsidiary aggregating more than $3,000,000
        may be issued and such defaults or events shall continue for a period
        of time sufficient to permit the acceleration of the maturity of such
        Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries, as the
        case may be, outstanding thereunder; or

             (f)  Default shall occur in the observance or performance of any
        covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.6 through Section 5.12
        hereof; or

             (g)  Default shall occur in the observance or performance of any
        other provision of this Agreement which is not remedied or waived
        within 30 days after the chief executive officer or the chief
        operating officer or the chief financial officer of the Company first
        has actual knowledge of such default; or

             (h)  if any representation or warranty made by the Company
        herein, or made by the Company in any statement or certificate
        furnished by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the
        consummation of the issuance and delivery of the Notes or furnished
        by the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant hereto, is untrue in any
        material respect as of the date of the issuance or making thereof; or

             (i)  final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
        aggregating in excess of $1,000,000 is or are outstanding against the
        Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or against any property or
        assets of either and any one of such judgments has remained unpaid,
        unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period
        of 60 days from the date of its entry; provided, however, that the
        existence of such judgment or judgments shall not constitute an Event
        of Default if (1) the aggregate amount of such judgment or judgments
        shall be fully covered by insurance issued by financially sound and
        reputable insurers and (2) within such 60 day period, the Company
        shall have caused such insurers to provide the holders of the Notes
        with written confirmation that such coverage (i) equals or exceeds
        the amount of such judgment or judgments and (ii) is not being
        contested as to amount or coverage by such insurers; or

             (j)  a custodian, receiver, liquidator or trustee of the Company
        or any Principal Subsidiary, or of any of the property of either, is
        appointed or takes possession and such appointment or possession
        remains uncontested or in effect for more than 60 days; or the
        Company or any Principal Subsidiary generally fails to pay its debts
        as they become due or admits in writing its inability to pay its
        debts as they mature; or the Company or any Principal Subsidiary is
        adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or an order for relief is entered
        under the Federal Bankruptcy Code against the Company or any
        Principal Subsidiary; or any of the material property of either is
        sequestered by court order and the order remains in effect for more
        than 60 days; or a petition is filed against the Company or any
        Principal Subsidiary under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
        arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
        liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in
        effect, and is not stayed or dismissed within 60 days after filing;
        or

             (k)  the Company or any Principal Subsidiary files a petition in
        voluntary bankruptcy or seeking relief under any provision of any
        bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of
        debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now
        or subsequently in effect; or consents to the filing of any petition
        against it under any such law; or consents to the appointment of or
        taking possession by a custodian, receiver, trustee or liquidator of
        the Company, any Principal Subsidiary, or any of the property of
        either.

        Section 6.2.   Notice to Holders.  When any Event of Default
   described in Section 6.1 has occurred, or if the holder of any Note or of
   any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company gives any notice or
   takes any other action with respect to a claimed default, the Company
   agrees to give notice within three business days of such event to all
   holders of the Notes then outstanding.

        Section 6.3.   Acceleration of Maturities.  When any Event of Default
   described in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Section 6.1 has happened and is
   continuing, any holder of any Note may, and when any Event of Default
   described in paragraphs (d) through (i), inclusive, of Section 6.1 has
   happened and is continuing, the holder or holders of 70% or more of the
   principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding may, in addition to any
   other rights and remedies available at law or in equity, by notice in
   writing sent in the manner provided in Section 9.6 hereof to the Company,
   declare the entire principal and all interest accrued on all Notes to be,
   and all Notes shall thereupon become, forthwith due and payable, without
   any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
   are hereby expressly waived.  When any Event of Default described in
   paragraph (j) or (k) of Section 6.1 has occurred, then all outstanding
   Notes shall immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand
   or notice of any kind.  Upon the Notes becoming due and payable as a
   result of any Event of Default as aforesaid, the Company will forthwith
   pay to the holders of the Notes the entire principal and interest accrued
   on the Notes plus, to the extent not prohibited by law, an amount as
   liquidated damages for the loss of the bargain evidenced hereby (and not
   as a penalty) equal to the applicable Make-Whole Amount determined as of
   the date on which the Notes shall so become due and payable.  No course of
   dealing on the part of any holder of the Notes nor any delay or failure on
   the part of any holder of the Notes to exercise any right shall operate as
   a waiver of  such right or otherwise prejudice such holder's rights,
   powers and remedies.  The Company further agrees, to the extent permitted
   by law, to pay to the holder or holders of the Notes all reasonable costs
   and expenses incurred by them in the collection of any Notes upon any
   default hereunder or thereon, including reasonable compensation to such
   holder's or holders' attorneys for all services rendered in connection
   therewith.

        Section 6.4.   Rescission of Acceleration.  The provisions of Section
   6.3 are subject to the condition that if the principal of and accrued
   interest on all or any outstanding Notes have been declared immediately
   due and payable by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default
   described in paragraphs (a) through (i), inclusive, of Section 6.1, the
   holders of not less than 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
   then outstanding may, by written instrument filed with the Company,
   rescind and annul such declaration and the consequences thereof; provided
   that at the time such declaration is annulled and rescinded:

             (a)  no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of
        any monies due pursuant to the Notes or the Agreement;

             (b)  all arrears of interest on all the Notes and all other sums
        payable under the Notes and under the Agreement (except any
        principal, interest or premium on the Notes which has become due and
        payable solely by reason of such declaration under Section 6.3) shall
        have been duly paid; and

             (c)  each and every other Default and Event of Default shall
        have been made good, cured or waived pursuant to Section 7.1;

   and provided further that no such rescission and annulment shall extend to
   or affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right
   consequent thereto.

   Section 7.  Amendments, Waivers And Consents

        Section 7.1.   Consent Required.  Any term, covenant, agreement or
   condition of this Agreement may, with the consent of the Company, be
   amended or compliance therewith may be waived (either generally or in a
   particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), if the
   Company shall have obtained the consent in writing of the holders of at
   least 70% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes; provided
   that without the written consent of the holders of all of the Notes then
   outstanding, no such amendment or waiver shall be effective (a) which will
   change the time of payment (including any prepayment required by Section
   2.1) of the principal of or the interest on any Note or reduce the
   principal amount thereof or change the rate of interest thereon, or (b)
   which will change any of the provisions with respect to optional
   prepayments, or (c) which will change the percentage of holders of the
   Notes required to consent to any such amendment or waiver of any of the
   provisions of this Section 7 or Section 6.

        Section 7.2.   Effect of Amendment or Waiver.  Any such amendment or
   waiver shall apply equally to all of the holders of the Notes and shall be
   binding upon them, upon each future holder of any Note and upon the
   Company, whether or not such Note shall have been marked to indicate such
   amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver shall extend to or
   affect any obligation not expressly amended or waived or impair any right
   consequent thereon.

        Section 7.3.   Solicitation of Holders.  The Company will not
   solicit, request or negotiate for or with respect to any proposed waiver
   or amendment of any of the provisions of the Agreement or the Notes unless
   each holder of the Notes shall be informed thereof by the Company and
   shall be afforded the opportunity of considering the same and shall be
   supplied by the Company with sufficient information to enable it to make
   an informed decision with respect thereto.  Executed or true and correct
   copies of any waiver or amendment effected pursuant to the provisions of
   Section 7.1 shall be delivered by the Company to each registered holder of
   outstanding Notes following the date on which the same shall have been
   executed and delivered by the holder or holders of the requisite
   percentage of outstanding Notes.  The Company will not, directly or
   indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of
   supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of
   the Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by
   any holder of the Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and
   provisions of this Agreement unless such remuneration is concurrently
   paid, on the same terms, ratably to the holders of all the Notes then
   outstanding.

   Section 8.  Interpretation of Agreement; Definitions.

        Section 8.1.   Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires,
   the terms hereinafter set forth when used herein shall have the following
   meanings and the following definitions shall be equally applicable to both
   the singular and plural forms of any of the terms herein defined:

             "Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from
        time to time.

             "Affiliate" shall mean any Person (other than a Restricted
        Subsidiary) (a) which directly or indirectly through one or more
        intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common
        control with, the Company, (b) which beneficially owns or holds 5% or
        more of any class of the Voting Stock of the Company or (c) 5% or
        more of the Voting Stock (or in the case of a Person which is not a
        corporation, 5% or more of the equity interest) of which is
        beneficially owned or held by the Company or a Subsidiary.  The term
        "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power
        to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a
        Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or
        otherwise.

             "Agreement" shall mean this Note Agreement.

             "Capitalized Lease" shall mean any lease the obligation for
        Rentals with respect to which is required to be capitalized on a
        balance sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

             "Capitalized Rentals" of any Person shall mean as of the date of
        any determination the amount at which the aggregate Rentals due and
        to become due under all Capitalized Leases under which such Person is
        a lessee would be reflected as a liability on a consolidated balance
        sheet of such Person and its subsidiaries prepared in accordance with
        GAAP.

             "Charges for Identified Dispositions" shall mean charges taken
        by the Company on or prior to October 2, 1998 in an aggregate amount
        not in excess of $5,000,000 and relating to (i) the closing of
        certain distribution centers and other facilities owned or operated
        by Uwatec AG and its subsidiaries, and (ii) the disposition of the
        Airguide Instrument Company. 

             "Company" shall mean Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., a
        Wisconsin corporation, and any Person who succeeds to all, or
        substantially all, of the assets and business of Johnson Worldwide
        Associates, Inc.

             "Consolidated Current Debt" shall mean, without duplication,
        Current Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
        determined on a consolidated basis eliminating intercompany items.

             "Consolidated Funded Debt" shall mean, without duplication,
        Funded Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined
        on a consolidated basis eliminating intercompany items.

             "Consolidated Net Income" for any period shall mean net income
        of the Company, and its Restricted Subsidiaries from continuing
        operations determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
        consistently applied, and excluding net earnings and losses of any
        Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) with which the Company or
        a Restricted Subsidiary shall have consolidated or which shall have
        merged or liquidated into or with the Company or a Restricted
        Subsidiary prior to the date of such consolidation, merger or
        liquidation.

             "Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean as of the date of any
        determination thereof the amount of the par or stated value of all
        outstanding capital stock, capital surplus, and retained earnings of
        the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, net of all cumulative
        translation adjustments and contingent compensation adjustments
        determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

             "Consolidated Tangible Assets" shall mean as of the date of any
        determination thereof the total amount of all Tangible Assets of the
        Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after
        deducting therefrom all Investments incurred pursuant to and within
        the limitations of Section 5.12(i).

             "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" shall mean as of the date of
        any determination thereof Consolidated Net Worth less (a) all assets
        of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are properly
        classified as "intangible assets" all determined in accordance with
        GAAP and (b) all Investments incurred pursuant to and within the
        limitations of Section 5.12(i).

             "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth Available for Investments"
        shall mean as of the date of any determination thereof the sum of (a)
        Consolidated Tangible Net Worth and (b) all Investments incurred
        pursuant to and within the limitations of Section 5.12(i) hereof.

             "Consolidated Total Assets" of the Company and its Restricted
        Subsidiaries shall mean as of the date of any determination thereof
        the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of
        such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

             "Consolidated Total Capitalization" shall mean as of the date of
        any determination thereof the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Worth and
        (b) Consolidated Funded Debt.

             "Current Debt" of any Person shall mean as of the date of any
        determination thereof (a) all Indebtedness for borrowed money or
        which has been incurred in connection with the acquisition of
        property or assets other than Funded Debt, provided that any portion
        of such obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of
        property or assets specifically including, without limitation,
        obligations which have been incurred by such Person in connection
        with any sale, transfer or issuance of stock pursuant to and in
        compliance with Section 5.8(c)(5) and which are at the date of any
        determination of Current Debt contingent as to amount or as to
        payment shall not be treated as Current Debt on such date, (b)
        Guaranties of Current Debt of others and (c) all obligations of such
        Person with respect to receivables sold or otherwise discounted with
        recourse which would not constitute Funded Debt pursuant to the terms
        of the definition thereof.

             "Default" shall mean any event or condition the occurrence of
        which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both,
        constitute an Event of Default.

             "Domestic Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any Restricted
        Subsidiary (a) which is organized under the laws of the United States
        or any State thereof and (b) which conducts substantially all of its
        business and has substantially all of its assets within the United
        States.

             "Eighty Percent-Owned Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean a
        Subsidiary of which 80% or more (by number of votes) of the Voting
        Stock shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the
        Company.

             "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
        of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import,
        together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect
        from time to time.  References to sections of ERISA shall be
        construed to also refer to any successor sections.

             "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any corporation, trade or business
        that is, along with the Company, a member of a controlled group of
        corporations or a controlled group of trades or businesses, as
        described in Section 414(b) and 414(c), respectively, of the Internal
        Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or Section 4001 of ERISA.

             "Event of Default" is defined in Section 6.1.

             "Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean on a consolidated
        basis the sum of (i) all Rentals (other than Rentals on Capitalized
        Leases) payable during such period by the Company and its Restricted
        Subsidiaries, and (ii) all Interest Charges on all Indebtedness
        (including the interest component of Rentals on Capitalized Leases)
        of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

             "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall mean the ratio of (i) Net
        Income Available for Fixed Charges to (ii) Fixed Charges determined
        as of the end of each fiscal quarter for the period consisting of the
        immediately preceding four fiscal quarters (each such rolling four
        fiscal quarter period being treated as a single accounting period).

             "Funded Debt" of any Person shall mean (a) all Indebtedness for
        or in respect of borrowed money or which has been incurred in
        connection with the acquisition of property or assets, in each case
        having a final maturity of more than one year from the date of origin
        thereof (or which is renewable or extendible at the option of the
        obligor for a period or periods of more than one year from the date
        of origin), including all payments in respect thereof that are
        required to be made within one year from the date of any
        determination of Funded Debt, whether or not the obligation to make
        such payment shall constitute a current liability of the obligor
        under GAAP, provided that any portion of such obligations incurred in
        connection with the acquisition of property or assets specifically
        including, without limitation, obligations which have been incurred
        by such Person in connection with any sale, transfer or issuance of
        capital stock pursuant to and in compliance with Section 5.8(c)(5)
        and which are at the date of any determination of Funded Debt
        contingent as to amount or as to payment shall not be treated as
        Funded Debt on such date, (b) all Capitalized Rentals, (c) all
        Guaranties by such Person of Funded Debt of others and (d) all
        obligations of such Person with respect to receivables sold or
        otherwise discounted with recourse.

             "GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting
        principles as in effect from time to time.  Notwithstanding the
        foregoing, in the event that any Accounting Changes (as defined
        below) shall occur, all financial covenants, standards and terms in
        this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if
        such Accounting Changes had not occurred.  "Accounting Changes"
        means: changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation
        of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial
        Accounting Standards Board or the American Institute of Certified
        Public Accountants or, if applicable, the Securities and Exchange
        Commission (or successors thereto or agencies with similar
        functions).

             "Guaranties" by any Person shall mean all obligations (other
        than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable
        instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or
        in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, dividend or other
        obligation, of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any
        manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without
        limitation, all obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent
        or otherwise, by such Person: (a) to purchase such Indebtedness or
        obligation or any property or assets constituting security therefor,
        (b) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of
        such Indebtedness or obligation, (2) to maintain working capital or
        other balance sheet condition or otherwise to advance or make
        available funds for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or
        obligation, or (c) to lease property or to purchase Securities or
        other property or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the
        owner of such Indebtedness or obligation of the ability of the
        primary obligor to make payment of the Indebtedness or obligation, or
        (d) otherwise to assure the owner of the Indebtedness or obligation
        of the primary obligor against loss in respect thereof.  For the
        purposes of all computations made under this Agreement, a Guaranty in
        respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money shall be deemed to be
        Indebtedness equal to the principal amount of such Indebtedness for
        borrowed money which has been guaranteed, and a Guaranty in respect
        of any other obligation or any dividend shall be deemed to be
        Indebtedness equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation
        or dividend.

             "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean and include (a)
        obligations of such Person for borrowed money or which have been
        incurred in connection with the acquisition of property or assets
        (except for obligations under bona fide employment, consulting, non-
        competition, lease and similar agreements), provided that any portion
        of such obligations which have been incurred in connection with the
        acquisition of property or assets specifically including, without
        limitation, obligations which have been incurred by such Person in
        connection with any sale, transfer or issuance of stock pursuant to
        and in compliance with Section 5.8(c)(5) and which are at the date of
        any determination of Indebtedness contingent as to amount or as to
        payment shall not be treated as Indebtedness on such date, (b)
        obligations secured by any Lien upon property or assets owned by such
        Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for
        the payment of such obligations, (c) obligations created or arising
        under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with
        respect to property acquired by such Person, notwithstanding the fact
        that the rights and remedies of the seller, lender or lessor under
        such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or
        sale of property, (d) all Guaranties by such Person of obligations of
        others of the character referred to in this definition, (e)
        Capitalized Rentals, and (f) all obligations of such Person with
        respect to receivables sold or otherwise discounted with recourse.

             "Institutional Holder" shall mean any of the following Persons:
        (a) any bank or any savings and loan association, savings
        institution, trust company or other institution acting for its own
        account or in a fiduciary capacity, (b) any insurance company, (c)
        any pension, retirement or profit sharing trust or fund within the
        meaning of Title I of ERISA or for which any bank, trust company,
        national banking association or investment adviser registered under
        the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is acting as trustee
        or agent, (d) any investment company or business development company,
        as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (e) any
        broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of
        1934, as amended, who is a member of a national securities exchange
        or any investment adviser registered under the Investment Adviser Act
        of 1940, as amended, (f) any government, any public employees'
        pension or retirement system, or any other governmental agency
        supervising the investment of public funds, (g) any other entity all
        of the equity owners of which are Institutional Holders or (h) any
        other Person which may be within the definition of "qualified
        institutional buyer" as such term is used in Rule 144A, as from time
        to time in effect, promulgated under the Act.

             "Interest Charges" for any period shall mean all interest and
        all amortization of debt discount and expense on any particular
        Indebtedness for which such calculations are being made.  

             "Investments" of any Person shall mean all investments, in cash
        or by delivery of property made, directly or indirectly in any
        Person, whether by acquisition of shares of capital stock,
        indebtedness or any other obligations or Securities or by loan,
        advance, capital contributions or otherwise.

             "Lien" shall mean any interest in property securing an
        obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of
        the property, whether such interest is based on the common law,
        statute or contract, including, without limitation, the security
        interest arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, conditional
        sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for
        security purposes and including any Capitalized Lease.  The term
        "Lien" shall include reservations, exceptions, encroachments,
        easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, lease
        and other similar title exceptions and encumbrances affecting real
        property.  For the purpose of this Agreement, the Company or a
        Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the owner of any property
        which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale
        agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the
        property has been retained by or vested in another Person for
        security purposes.

             "Make-Whole Amount" shall mean with respect to any amounts to be
        paid pursuant to the provisions of Section Section 2.2 or 2.3 hereof
        or upon acceleration of the Notes the excess, if any, of (1) the
        aggregate present value as of the date of such prepayment or payment
        of each dollar of principal being prepaid or paid (taking into
        account the application of such prepayment required by Section 2.1)
        and the amount of interest (exclusive of interest accrued to the date
        of prepayment or payment) that would have been payable in respect of
        such dollar if such prepayment or payment had not been made,
        determined by discounting such amounts at the Reinvestment Rate from
        the respective dates on which they would have been payable, over (2)
        100% of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes being prepaid
        or paid.  If the Reinvestment Rate with respect to prepayment of the
        Notes is equal to or higher than 7.15%, the Make-Whole Amount shall
        be zero.  For purposes of any determination of the Make-Whole Amount:

             "Reinvestment Rate" shall mean as of the time of any
        determination thereof .50% plus the yield on actively traded U.S.
        Treasury Securities with a maturity corresponding to the Weighted
        Average Life to Maturity of the principal then being prepaid or paid
        (taking into account the application of any such prepayment required
        by Section 2.1) as set forth on page Government C4 (or any successor
        page) of the Bloomberg screen or, if such page or screen is not
        available at the time of any determination hereunder, then such other
        reasonably comparable index which shall be designated by the holders
        of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
        If no maturity exactly corresponds to such Weighted Average Life to
        Maturity, yields for the two published maturities most closely
        corresponding to such Weighted Average Life to Maturity shall be
        calculated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence and the
        Reinvestment Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such
        yields on a straight-line basis, rounding in each of such relevant
        periods to the nearest month.

             "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" of the principal amount of
        the Notes being prepaid or paid shall mean, as of the time of any
        determination thereof, the number of years obtained by dividing the
        then Remaining Dollar-Years of such principal by the aggregate amount
        of such principal.  The term "Remaining Dollar-Years" of such
        principal shall mean the amount obtained by (a) multiplying (1) the
        remainder of (i) the amount of principal that would have become due
        on each scheduled prepayment or payment date if such prepayment or
        payment had not been made less (ii) the amount of principal on the
        Notes scheduled to become due on such date after giving effect to
        such prepayment or payment and the application thereof in accordance
        with the provisions of Section 2.1, by (2) the number of years
        (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between the
        date of determination and such scheduled prepayment or payment date,
        and (b) totaling the products obtained in (a).

             "Multiemployer Plan" shall have the meaning as in ERISA.

             "Net Income Available for Fixed Charges" for any period shall
        mean the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income during such period plus
        (to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income), (ii)
        all provisions for any Federal, state or other income taxes made by
        the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, (iii)
        Fixed Charges of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during
        such period, and (iv) Charges for Identified Dispositions.

             "Overdue Rate" shall mean as of the date of any determination
        thereof the lesser of (a) the maximum rate permitted by law and (b)
        9.15% per annum.

             "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and
        any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

             "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation,
        trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or
        political subdivision thereof.

             "Plan" shall mean a plan that is both a "pension plan," as such
        term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, and a "defined benefit
        pension plan" as defined in Section 414(j) of the Internal Revenue
        Code of 1986 which is established or maintained by the Company or any
        ERISA Affiliate or as to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
        contributed or is a member or otherwise may have any liability.

             "Principal Subsidiary" shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary
        which had (a) total assets, on a consolidating basis, as of the last
        day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company, of an
        amount equal to or greater than 2% of Consolidated Total Assets of
        the Company as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, or (b) net
        income, on a consolidating basis, for the Company's most recent
        fiscal year, equal to or greater than 2% of Consolidated Net Income
        of the Company for such year.

             "Rentals" of any Person shall mean and include all fixed rents
        (including as such all payments which the lessee is obligated to make
        to the lessor on termination of the lease or surrender of the
        property) payable by such Person, as lessee or sublessee under a
        lease of real or personal property, but shall be exclusive of any
        amounts required to be paid by such Person (whether or not designated
        as rents or additional rents) on account of maintenance, repairs,
        insurance, taxes and similar charges.  Fixed rents under any so-
        called "percentage leases" shall be computed solely on the basis of
        the minimum rents, if any, required to be paid by the lessee
        regardless of sales volume or gross revenues.

             "Reportable Event" shall have the same meaning as in ERISA.

             "Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary of which more
        than 50% (by number of votes) of the Voting Stock is beneficially
        owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

             "Security" shall have the same meaning as in Section 2(l) of the
        Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

             The term "subsidiary" shall mean, as to any particular parent
        corporation, any corporation of which more than 50% (by number of
        votes) of the Voting Stock shall be owned by such parent corporation
        and/or one or more corporations which are themselves subsidiaries of
        such parent corporation.  The term "Subsidiary" shall mean a
        subsidiary of the Company.

             "Tangible Assets" of any Person shall mean, as of the date of
        any determination thereof, the total amount of all assets of such
        Person (less depreciation, depletion, and other properly deductible
        valuation reserves) after deducting the following: good will,
        patents, trade names, trade marks, copyrights, franchises,
        experimental expense, organization expense, unamortized debt discount
        and expense, deferred charges, the excess of cost of shares acquired
        over book value of related assets, any write up in the book value of
        any asset resulting from a revaluation thereof subsequent to March
        29, 1991 (except in connection with the acquisition of such assets)
        and such other assets as are properly classified as "intangible
        assets" in accordance with GAAP.

             "Voting Stock" shall mean Securities of any class or classes,
        the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies,
        entitled to elect a majority of the corporate directors (or Persons
        performing similar functions).

             "Wholly-owned" when used in connection with any Subsidiary shall
        mean a Subsidiary of which all of the issued and outstanding shares
        of stock (other than directors' qualifying shares or shares owned by
        foreign domiciliaries as required by law) shall be owned by the
        Company and/or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Restricted
        Subsidiaries.

        Section 8.2.   Accounting Principles.  Where the character or amount
   of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be
   determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is
   required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, the same shall be
   done in accordance with GAAP, to the extent applicable, except where such
   principles are inconsistent with the specific provisions of this
   Agreement.

        Section 8.3.   Directly or Indirectly.  Where any provision in this
   Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person
   is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether the
   action in question is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

   Section 9.     Miscellaneous.

        Section 9.1.   Registration of Notes.  The Company shall cause to be
   kept at its principal office a register for the registration and transfer
   of the Notes (hereinafter called the "Note Register"), and the Company
   will register or transfer or cause to be registered or transferred, as
   hereinafter provided any Note issued pursuant to this Agreement.

        The Person in whose name any registered Note shall be registered
   shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all
   purposes of this Agreement.  Payment of or on account of the principal,
   premium, if any, and interest on any registered Note shall be made to or
   upon the written order of such registered holder.

        Section 9.2.   Exchange of Notes.  At any time and from time to time,
   upon not less than ten days' notice to that effect given by the holder of
   any Note initially delivered or of any Note substituted therefor pursuant
   to Section 9.1, this Section 9.2 or Section 9.3, and upon surrender of
   such Note at its office, the Company will deliver in exchange therefor,
   without expense to the holder, except as set forth below, Notes, in
   registered form, for the same aggregate principal amount as the then
   unpaid principal amount of the Note so surrendered, in the denomination of
   $3,000,000 or any multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof as such holder
   shall specify, dated as of the date to which interest has been paid on the
   Note so surrendered or, if such surrender is prior to the payment of any
   interest thereon, then dated as of the date of issue, payable to such
   Person or Persons, as may be designated by such holder, and otherwise of
   the same form and tenor as the Notes so surrendered for exchange.

        Section 9.3.   Loss, Theft, Etc. of Notes.  Upon receipt of evidence
   satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction
   of any Note, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction upon
   delivery of a bond or indemnity in such form and amount as shall be
   reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the event of such mutilation
   upon surrender and cancellation of the Note, the Company will make and
   deliver, without expense to the holder thereof, a new Note, of like tenor,
   in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note.  If the
   Purchaser or any subsequent Institutional Holder is the owner of any such
   lost, stolen or destroyed Note, then the affidavit of an authorized
   officer of such owner, setting forth the fact of loss, theft or
   destruction and of its ownership of the Note at the time of such loss,
   theft or destruction, shall be accepted as satisfactory evidence thereof
   and no further indemnity shall be required as a condition to the execution
   and delivery of a new Note other than the written agreement of such owner
   to indemnify the Company.

        Section 9.4.   Expenses, Stamp Tax Indemnity.  Whether or not the
   transactions herein contemplated shall be consummated, the Company agrees
   to pay directly all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the
   preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the transactions
   contemplated hereby, including but not limited to all investment banking
   and similar fees, the reasonable charges and disbursements of Chapman and
   Cutler, special counsel to the Purchaser, duplicating and printing costs
   and charges for shipping the Notes, adequately insured to the Purchaser's
   home office or at such other place as the Purchaser may designate, and all
   reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to any amendments,
   waivers or consents pursuant to the provisions hereof (whether or not the
   same are actually executed and delivered), including, without limitation,
   any amendments, waivers or consents resulting from any work-out,
   renegotiation or restructuring relating to the performance by the Company
   of its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes.  The Company also
   agrees that it will pay and save the Purchaser harmless against any and
   all liability with respect to obtaining a "private placement number" for
   the Notes from Standard & Poor's Corporation in accordance with the
   requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and
   with respect to stamp and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or
   which may be determined to be payable in connection with the execution and
   delivery of this Agreement or the initial issuance of the Notes, whether
   or not any Notes are then outstanding.  The Company agrees to protect and
   indemnify the Purchaser against any liability for any and all brokerage
   fees and commissions payable or claimed to be payable to any Person in
   connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other
   than any such fees or commissions claimed by any Person engaged by the
   Purchaser.  The Purchaser hereby represents to the Company that no broker
   or finder was employed or retained by it in connection with its purchase
   of the Notes.

        Section 9.5.   Powers and Rights Not Waived; Remedies Cumulative.  No
   delay or failure on the part of the holder of any Note in the exercise of
   any power or right shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single
   or partial exercise of the same preclude any other or further exercise
   thereof, or the exercise of any other power or right, and the rights and
   remedies of the holder of any Note are cumulative to and are not exclusive
   of any rights or remedies any such holder would otherwise have, and no
   waiver or consent, given or extended pursuant to Section 7, shall extend
   to or affect any obligation or right not expressly waived or consented to.

        Section 9.6.   Notices.  All communications provided for hereunder
   shall be in writing and, if to the Purchaser, delivered or mailed by
   overnight courier or by facsimile communication, in each case addressed to
   the Purchaser at the Purchaser's address appearing on Schedule I to this
   Agreement or such other address as the Purchaser or the subsequent holder
   of any Note initially issued to the Purchaser may designate to the Company
   in writing, and, if to the Company, delivered or mailed by prepaid
   overnight courier or by facsimile communication to the Company at the
   address specified on page 1 hereof, Attention: Treasurer, or to such other
   address as the Company may in writing designate to the Purchaser or to a
   subsequent holder of the Note initially issued to the Purchaser; provided,
   however, that a notice to you by overnight courier shall only be effective
   if delivered to you at a street address designated for such purpose in
   Schedule I attached hereto, and a notice to the Purchaser by facsimile
   communication shall only be effective if confirmed by prepaid overnight
   courier, or, in either case, as the Purchaser or a subsequent holder of
   any Note initially issued to the Purchaser may designate to the Company in
   writing.

        Section 9.7.   Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be
   binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to
   the benefit of the Purchaser and to the benefit of its successors and
   assigns, including each successive holder or holders of any Notes;
   provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provisions of this
   Agreement or the Notes, the Notes shall not be transferable to any Person
   that is not an Institutional Holder.

        Section 9.8.   Survival of Covenants and Representations.  All
   covenants, representations and warranties made by the Company herein and
   in any certificates delivered pursuant hereto, whether or not in
   connection with the Closing Date, shall survive the closing and the
   delivery of this Agreement and the Notes.

        Section 9.9.   Severability.  Should any part of this Agreement for
   any reason be declared invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
   decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which
   remaining portion shall remain in force and effect as if this Agreement
   had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated and it is
   hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have
   executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein
   any such part which may, for any reason, be declared invalid.

        Section 9.10.  Reproduction of Documents.  This Agreement and all
   documents relating thereto, including without limitation, (a) consents,
   waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed, (b) documents
   received by the Purchaser at the closing of their respective purchases of
   the Notes (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements,
   certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to
   the Purchaser, may be reproduced by the Purchaser by any photographic,
   photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other
   similar process and the Purchaser may destroy any original document so
   reproduced.  The Company agrees and stipulates that any such reproduction
   shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or
   administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and
   whether or not such reproduction was made by the Purchaser in the regular
   course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further
   reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in
   evidence.

        Section 9.11.  Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.  (a) This
   Agreement and the Notes issued and sold hereunder shall be governed by and
   construed in accordance with Wisconsin law.  Notwithstanding the preceding
   sentence, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to subject the
   holder of any Notes that is an insurance company to the laws of the State
   of Wisconsin.

        (b)  The Company and the Purchaser each hereby irrevocably and
   unconditionally waive trial by jury.

        Section 9.12.  Captions.  The descriptive headings of the various
   Sections or parts of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not
   affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

        The execution hereof by the Purchaser shall constitute a contract
   between us for the uses and purposes hereinabove set forth, and this
   Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each executed
   counterpart constituting an original but all together only one agreement.

                                 Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.



                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      Its: Senior Vice President & CFO



   Accepted as of the first date written above.

                                 The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                                      Company



                                 By:  /s/ Richard A. Strait
                                      Its:  Vice President


   <PAGE>
                          Name and Address of Purchaser

                                                           Principal Amount
        Name and Address                                        of Notes   
          of Purchaser                                      to Be Purchased

   The Northwestern Mutual                                   $25,000,000
      Life Insurance Company
   720 East Wisconsin Avenue
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202
   Attention:  Securities Department
   Telecopier Number:  (414) 299-7124

   Payments

   All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of
   Federal or other immediately available funds (identifying each payment as
   "Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., 7.15% Senior Notes Due October 15,
   2007, PPN 479254 B @ 2, principal, premium or interest") to:

        Bankers Trust Company (ABA #0210-01033)
        16 Wall Street
        Insurance Unit, 4th Floor
        New York, New York  10005

        for credit to:  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
        Account Number 00-000-027

   Notices

   All notices and communications to be addressed as first provided above,
   except notices with respect to payments and written confirmation of each
   such payment to be addressed, Attention:  Investment Operations.

   Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

   Taxpayer I.D. Number:  39-0509570

   <PAGE>
                           Subsidiaries of the Company

        The following lists the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Johnson
   Worldwide Associates, Inc. as of August 1, 1997:


                                                       Jurisdiction in Which
                Name of Subsidiary(1)(2)                   Incorporated

    Airguide Instruments Company                          Illinois
    America Outdoors, Inc.(3)                             Alabama
    Johnson Fishing, Inc.(3)                              Delaware
    Johnson Leisure Incentives, Inc.(3)                   Delaware
    Johnson Worldwide Associates Australia Pty. Ltd.      Australia
    Johnson Worldwide Associates Canada Inc.              Canada
    Mitchell Sports, S.A.                                 France
    Old Town Canoe Company                                Delaware
    Porelon, Inc.(3)                                      Delaware
      Microfoam, Inc.(3)                                  New York
    Scubapro Sweden AB                                    Sweden
    Seaco/Elliot, Inc.(3)                                 Delaware
    Under Sea Industries, Inc.                            Delaware
      JWA Holding B.V.                                    Netherlands
          Johnson Beteiligungsgesellschaft GmbH           Germany
          Jack Wolfskin Ausrustung fur Draussen GmbH      Germany
          Johnson Outdoors V GmbH                         Germany
          Scubapro Taucherauser GmbH                      Germany
            Uwatec AG                                     Switzerland
            Uwatec Instruments Deutschland                Germany
            Uwatec USA, Inc.                              Maine
            Uwatec Espana, S.A.                           Spain
            Uwatec U.K., Ltd.                             United Kingdom
            Uwatec Asia, Ltd.(4)                          Hong Kong
            Uwatec Batam                                  Indonesia
            Uwatec France                                 France
            Uwaplast AG                                   Switzerland
          Scubapro Asia, Ltd.                             Japan
          Scubapro Espana, S.A.(5)                        Spain
          Scubapro Eu AG                                  Switzerland
          Scubapro Europe Benelux, S.A.                   Belgium
          Scubapro Europe S.R.L.                          Italy
          Scubapro Italy S.R.L.                           Italy
          Scubapro Norge AS                               Norway
          Scubapro Taucherausrustungen Gesellschaft       Austria
          GmbH
          Scubapro (UK) Ltd.(6)                           United Kingdom

   (1)  Unless otherwise indicated in brackets, each company does business
        only under its legal name.
   (2)  Unless otherwise indicated by footnote, each company is a wholly-
        owned subsidiary of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. (through
        direct or indirect ownership).
   (3)  Inactive
   (4)  Percentage of stock owned is 60%.
   (5)  Percentage of stock owned is 98%.
   (6)  Percentage of stock owned is 99%

   <PAGE>

                         Description of Debt and Leases
                              as of August 1, 1997

                         ($000's omitted, U.S. Dollars)

   1.   Current Debt for borrowed money of the Company and its Restricted
        Subsidiaries is as follows:

    Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.                        $9,482
    Jack Wolfskin Ausrustung fur Draussen GmbH                 2,668
    Johnson Worldwide Associates Canada Inc.                   2,150
    Mitchell Sports, S.A.                                      1,632
    Old Town Canoe Company                                       357
    Scubapro Taucherauser GmbH                                   280
    Scubapro Asia, Ltd.                                          760
    Johnson Worldwide Associates Australia Pty.                   15
      Ltd.
    Scubapro Italy S.R.L.                                      2,105
    Scubapro Sweden AB                                           187
    Scubapro (UK) Ltd.                                           245
    Uwatec AG (and certain subsidiaries)                         994
                                                                ----
    Uwatec USA, Inc.                                             900
                                                                ----
    Other                                                       (29)

         Total Current Debt for borrowed money                21,746
                                                              ======


   2.   Funded Debt for borrowed money (including Capitalized Leases and
        Guarantees relating to the obligations of persons other than the
        Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its
        Restricted Subsidiaries is as follows:

    Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.                     92,000*
    Mitchell Sports, S.A.                                   1,247 
    Uwatec AG                                               1,609 
    Scubapro Europe Benelux                                   264 
    Johnson Beteiligugsquesellscheft GmbH                  10,000 
                                                          ------- 

         Total Funded Debt for borrowed
         money                                           $105,120 
                                                          ======= 


   3.   Capitalized Leases of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
        outstanding on the Closing Date are as follows:

                                      None

   4.   Guaranties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to
        the obligations of Persons other than the Company and its Restricted
        Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date are as follows:

                                      None

   5.   Liens existing as of the date of this Agreement securing Indebtedness
        of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on such date:

                                      None

   <PAGE>
                       Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.

                                7.15% Senior Note
                              Due October 15, 2007
                                 PPN 479254 B@ 2
   No. R-
                                                           ____________, 1997
   $

        Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the
   "Company"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to

                              or registered assigns
                      on the fifteenth day of October, 2007
                             the principal amount of

                                                         Dollars ($_________)

   and to pay interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
   day months) on the principal amount from time to time remaining unpaid
   hereon at the rate of 7.15% per annum from the date hereof until maturity,
   payable semiannually on the fifteenth day of each October and April in
   each year commencing April 15, 1998, and at maturity.  The Company agrees
   to pay interest on overdue principal (including any overdue optional
   prepayment of principal) and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent
   legally enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest, at the
   Overdue Rate after the due date thereof, whether by acceleration or
   otherwise, until paid.  "Overdue Rate" means the lesser of (a) the maximum
   rate permitted by law or (b) 9.15%.

        Except as provided in Section 2.6 of the Note Agreement (as
   hereinafter defined), both the principal hereof and interest hereon are
   payable at the principal office of the Company in Racine, Wisconsin, in
   coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of
   payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. 
   If any amount of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, or interest on or
   in respect of this Note becomes due and payable on any date which is not a
   business day in New York, New York, Chicago, Illinois and Racine,
   Wisconsin, such amount shall be payable on the next preceding business
   day.

        This Note is one of the 7.15% Senior Notes due October 15, 2007 (the
   "Notes") of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000
   issued under and pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Note
   Agreement dated as of, September 15, 1997 (the "Note Agreement"), entered
   into by the Company with the original purchaser therein referred to, and
   this Note and the holder hereof are entitled equally and ratably with all
   other Notes outstanding under the Note Agreement and the holders thereof
   to all the benefits provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which
   Note Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof.

        This Note and the other Notes outstanding under the Note Agreement
   may be declared due prior to their expressed maturity dates and certain
   prepayments are required to be made thereon, all in the events, on the
   terms and in the manner and amounts as provided in the Note Agreement.

        The Notes are not subject to prepayment or redemption at the option
   of the Company prior to their expressed maturity dates except on the terms
   and conditions and in the amounts and with the Make-Whole Amount, if any,
   set forth in Section 2 of the Note Agreement.

        This Note is registered on the books of the Company and is
   transferable only by surrender thereof at the principal office of the
   Company duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer
   duly executed by the registered holder of this Note or its attorney duly
   authorized in writing.  Payment of or on account of principal, Make-Whole
   Amount, if any, and interest on this Note shall be made only to or upon
   the order in writing of the registered holder.

        This Note and said Note Agreement are governed by and construed in
   accordance with the laws of Wisconsin.

                  Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.



                  By:
                     Its



   <PAGE>


                       Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.

                               Closing Certificate


   The Northwestern Mutual
     Life Insurance Company
   720 East Wisconsin Avenue
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202

   Gentlemen:

        This certificate is delivered to you in compliance with the
   requirements of the Note Agreement dated as of October 15, 1997 (the
   "Agreement"), entered into by the undersigned, Johnson Worldwide
   Associates, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), with you, and
   as an inducement to and as part of the consideration for your purchase on
   this date of $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.15% Senior
   Notes due October 15, 2007 (the "Notes") of the Company, pursuant to the
   Agreement.

        The terms which are capitalized herein shall have the same meanings
   as in the Agreement.

        The Company represents and warrants to each of you as follows:

        1.   Subsidiaries.  Schedule II to the Agreement, states the name of
   each of the Company's Subsidiaries, its jurisdiction of incorporation and
   the percentage of its Voting Stock owned by the Company and/or its
   Subsidiaries.  Those Subsidiaries listed in Section 1 of said Schedule II
   constitute all of the Subsidiaries of the Company.  The Company and each
   Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all of the shares it purports
   to own of the stock of each Subsidiary, free and clear in each case of any
   Lien.  All such shares have been duly issued and are fully paid and non-
   assessable, except (in the case of a Wisconsin corporation) as provided by
   Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Statutes.

        2.   Corporate Organization and Authority.  The Company, and each
   Restricted Subsidiary,

             (a)  is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
        good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

             (b)  has all requisite power and authority and all necessary
        licenses and permits to own and operate its properties and to carry
        on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be
        conducted except where the failure to obtain such licenses or permits
        would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial
        or otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as
        a whole or on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations
        under this Agreement or the Notes; and

             (c)  is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a
        foreign corporation in each jurisdiction wherein the nature of the
        business transacted by it or the nature of the property owned or
        leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except
        where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a
        material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise) of
        the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or on
        the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this
        Agreement or the Notes.

        3.   Business and Property.  You have heretofore been furnished with
   a copy of the Confidential Offering Memorandum dated July, 1997 (the
   "Memorandum") prepared by Cleary Gull Reiland & McDevitt Inc. which
   generally sets forth the business conducted and proposed to be conducted
   by the Company and its Subsidiaries and the principal properties of the
   Company and its Subsidiaries.

        4.   Financial Statements.  (a) The consolidated balance sheets of
   the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the last day of the
   fiscal year in each of the fiscal years ended 1992 through 1996 and the
   statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on said
   dates, each accompanied by a report thereon containing an opinion
   unqualified as to scope or limitations imposed by the Company and
   otherwise without qualification except as therein noted, by KPMG Peat
   Marwick LLP, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP except as therein
   noted, and present fairly the financial position of the Company and its
   Subsidiaries as of such dates and the results of their operations and cash
   flows for such periods, except to the extent modified pursuant to a
   restatement thereof in a subsequent financial statement.  The unaudited
   consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated
   Subsidiaries as of June 27, 1997, and the unaudited statements of
   operations and cash flows for the nine-month period ended on said date
   prepared by the Company have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and
   present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated
   Subsidiaries as of said date and the results of their operations and their
   cash flows for such period subject to normal, recurring year-end audit
   adjustments

        (b)  Since June 27, 1997, there has been no change in the condition,
   financial or otherwise, of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries
   as shown on the consolidated balance sheet as of such date except changes
   in the ordinary course of business, none of which individually or in the
   aggregate has been materially adverse except as disclosed in a footnote in
   the Company's third quarter Form 10-Q ended on such date.

        5.   Indebtedness.  Schedule II attached to the Agreement correctly
   describes all Current Debt for borrowed money and Funded Debt for borrowed
   money (including Capitalized Leases and Guaranties relating to the
   obligations of Persons other than the Company and its Restricted
   Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding
   on August 1, 1997 and there have been no material increases in such
   Current Debt, Funded Debt and Guarantees since such date.

        6.   Full Disclosure.  The financial statements referred to in
   paragraph 4 hereof, the Agreement, the Memorandum and all other written
   documents and statements furnished by the Company to you in connection
   with the negotiation of the sale of the Notes, taken together, do not
   contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit a material fact
   necessary to make the statements contained therein or herein not
   misleading.

        7.   Pending Litigation.  There are no proceedings pending or, to the
   knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or
   any Restricted Subsidiary in any court or before any governmental
   authority or arbitration board or tribunal which could reasonably be
   expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
   otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole
   or on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this
   Agreement or the Notes.

        8.   Title to Property.  The Company and each Restricted Subsidiary
   has good and marketable title in fee simple (or its equivalent under
   applicable law) to all material parcels of real property and has good
   title to all the other material items of property it purports to own,
   including that reflected in the most recent balance sheet referred to in
   paragraph 4 hereof, except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the
   ordinary course of business and except for Liens permitted by the
   Agreement.

        9.   Patents and Trademarks.  The Company and each Restricted
   Subsidiary owns or possesses adequate licenses for the use of all the
   patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyright, licenses and
   rights with respect to the foregoing necessary for the present conduct of
   its business, without any known conflict with the rights of others.

        10.  Sale is Legal and Authorized.  The sale of the Notes and
   compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of the Agreement and
   the Notes--

             (a)  are within the corporate powers of the Company;

             (b)  will not violate any provisions of any law or any order of
        any court or governmental authority or agency and will not conflict
        with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or
        provisions of, or constitute a default under the Articles of
        Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any indenture or other
        agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which
        it may be bound or result in the imposition of any Liens or
        encumbrances on any property of the Company; and

             (c)  have been duly authorized by proper corporate action on the
        part of the Company (no action by the stockholders of the Company
        being required by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of
        the Company or otherwise), executed and delivered by the Company and
        the Agreement and the Notes constitute the legal, valid and binding
        obligations, contracts and agreements of the Company enforceable in
        accordance with their respective terms.

        11.  No Defaults.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
   continuing.  The Company is not in default in the payment of principal or
   interest on any Funded Debt or Current Debt and is not in default under
   any instrument or instruments or agreements under and subject to which any
   Funded Debt or Current Debt has been issued and no event has occurred and
   is continuing under the provisions of any such instrument or agreement
   which with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would
   constitute an event of default thereunder.

        12.  Governmental Consent.  No approval, consent or withholding of
   objection on the part of any regulatory body, state, Federal or local, is
   necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of
   the Agreement or the Notes or compliance by the Company with any of the
   provisions of the Agreement or the Notes.

        13.  Taxes.  All tax returns required to be filed by the Company or
   any Restricted Subsidiary in any jurisdiction have, in fact, been filed,
   and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon the
   Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or upon any of their respective
   properties, income or franchises, which are shown to be due and payable in
   such returns have been paid.  For all taxable years ending on or before
   September 30, 1994, the Federal income tax liability of the Company and
   its Restricted Subsidiaries has been satisfied and either the period of
   limitations on assessment of additional Federal income tax has expired or
   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have entered into an agreement
   with the Internal Revenue Service closing conclusively the total tax
   liability for the taxable year.  The Company does not know of any proposed
   additional tax assessment against it for which adequate provision has not
   been made on its accounts, and no material controversy in respect of
   additional Federal or state income taxes due since said date is pending or
   to the knowledge of the Company threatened.  The provisions for taxes on
   the books of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary are adequate for
   all open years, and for its current fiscal period.

        14.  Use of Proceeds.  The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes
   will be used to refinance existing bank debt and for other corporate
   purposes.  None of the transactions contemplated in the Agreement
   (including, without limitation thereof, the use of proceeds from the
   issuance of the Notes) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7
   of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any regulation
   issued pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, Regulations G, T
   and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R.,
   Chapter 11.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns or intends to
   carry or purchase any "margin stock" within the meaning of said Regulation
   G.

        15.  Private Offering.  Neither the Company, directly or indirectly,
   nor any agent on its behalf has offered or will offer the Notes or any
   similar Security or has solicited or will solicit an offer to acquire the
   Notes or any similar Security from or has otherwise approached or
   negotiated or will approach or negotiate in respect of the Notes or any
   similar Security with any Person other than the Purchaser and not more
   than twenty other institutional investors, each of whom was offered a
   portion of the Notes at private sale for investment.  Neither the Company,
   directly or indirectly, nor any agent on its behalf has offered or will
   offer the Notes or any similar Security or has solicited or will solicit
   an offer to acquire the Notes or any similar Security from any Person so
   as to bring the issuance and sale of the Notes within the provisions of
   Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        16.  ERISA.  The consummation of the transactions provided for in the
   Agreement and compliance by the Company with the provisions thereof and
   the Notes issued thereunder will not involve any prohibited transaction
   within the meaning of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code
   of 1986, as amended.  Each Plan complies in all material respects with all
   applicable statutes and governmental rules and regulations, and (a) no
   Reportable Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan,
   (b) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has withdrawn from any
   Plan or Multiemployer Plan or instituted steps to do so, and (c) no steps
   have been instituted to terminate any Plan.  No condition exists or event
   or transaction has occurred in connection with any Plan which could result
   in the incurrence by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any material
   liability, fine or penalty.  No Plan maintained by the Company or any
   ERISA Affiliate, nor any trust created thereunder, has incurred any
   "accumulated funding deficiency" as defined in Section 302 of ERISA nor
   does the present value of all benefits vested under all Plans exceed, as
   of the last annual valuation date, the value of the assets of the Plans
   allocable to such vested benefits by an amount greater than $1,000,000 in
   the aggregate.  Neither the company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any
   contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement "welfare benefit
   plan" (as such term is defined in ERISA) except as has been disclosed to
   the Purchaser.

        17.  Compliance with Law.  Neither the Company nor any Restricted
   Subsidiary (a) is in violation of any law, ordinance, franchise,
   governmental rule or regulation to which it is subject; or (b) has failed
   to obtain any license, permit, franchise or other governmental
   authorization necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct
   of its business, which violation or failure to obtain would materially
   adversely affect the business, prospects, profits, properties or condition
   (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
   taken as a whole, or impair the ability of the Company to perform its
   obligations contained in the Agreement or the Notes.  Neither the Company
   nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order of
   any court or governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

        18.  Compliance with Environmental Laws.  The Company is not in
   violation of any applicable Federal, state, or local laws, statutes,
   rules, regulations or ordinances relating to public health, safety or the
   environment, including, without limitation, relating to releases,
   discharges, emissions or disposals to air, water land or ground water, to
   the withdrawal or use of ground water, to the use, handling or disposal of
   polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's), asbestos or urea formaldehyde, to the
   treatment, storage, disposal or management of hazardous substances
   (including, without limitation, petroleum, crude oil or any fraction
   thereof, or other hydrocarbons), pollutants or contaminants, to exposure
   to toxic, hazardous or other controlled, prohibited or regulated
   substances which violation could have a material adverse effect on the
   business, prospects, profits, properties or condition (financial or
   otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
   whole.  The Company does not know of any liability or class of liability
   of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under the Comprehensive
   Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended
   (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), or the Resource Conservation and
   Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.).

   Dated:

                  Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.



                  By:
                     Its


   <PAGE>

                Description of Special Counsel's Closing Opinion

        The closing opinion of Chapman and Cutler, special counsel to the
   Purchaser, called for by Section 4.1 of the Note Agreement, shall be dated
   the Closing Date and addressed to the Purchaser, shall be satisfactory in
   form and substance to the Purchaser and shall be to the effect that:

             1.   The Company is a corporation, validly existing under the
        laws of the State of Wisconsin and has the corporate power and the
        corporate authority to execute and deliver the Note Agreement and to
        issue the Notes.

             2.   The Note Agreement has been duly authorized by all
        necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, has been duly
        executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal,
        valid and binding contract of the Company enforceable in accordance
        with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
        conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally,
        and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the
        application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in
        equity or at law).

             3.   The Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary
        corporate action on the part of the Company, and the Notes being
        delivered on the date hereof have been duly executed and delivered by
        the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations
        of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to
        bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws
        affecting creditors' rights generally, and general principles of
        equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is
        considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

             4.   The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes under the
        circumstances contemplated by the Note Agreement do not, under
        existing law, require the registration of the Notes under the
        Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the qualification of an
        indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

        The opinion of Chapman and Cutler shall also state that the opinion
   of Foley & Lardner is satisfactory in scope and form to Chapman and Cutler
   and that, in their opinion, the Purchaser is justified in relying thereon.

        In rendering the opinion set forth in paragraph 1 above, Chapman and
   Cutler may rely, as to matters referred to in paragraph 1, solely upon an
   examination of the Articles of Incorporation certified by, and a
   certificate of good standing of the Company from, the Secretary of State
   of the State of Wisconsin, the By-laws of the Company and the general
   business corporation law of the State of Wisconsin.  The opinion of
   Chapman and Cutler is limited to the laws of the State of Illinois, the
   general business corporation law of the State of Wisconsin and the Federal
   laws of the United States.

        With respect to matters of fact upon which such opinion is based,
   Chapman and Cutler may rely on appropriate certificates of public
   officials and officers of the Company and upon representations of the
   Company and the Purchaser delivered in connection with the issuance and
   sale of the Notes.

   <PAGE>

                        Description of Closing Opinion of
                       Independent Counsel to the Company


        The closing opinion of Foley & Lardner, independent counsel for the
   Company, which is called for by Section 4.2 of the Note Agreement, shall
   be dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Purchaser, shall be
   satisfactory in scope and form to the Purchaser and shall be to the effect
   that:

             (1)  The Company is a corporation legally existing under the
        laws of the State of Wisconsin, has corporate power and authority and
        is duly authorized to enter into and perform the Note Agreement and
        to issue the Notes and incur the Indebtedness to be evidenced thereby
        and has full corporate power and authority to conduct the activities
        in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and is
        in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in
        which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the
        nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or
        qualification necessary;

             (2)  The Note Agreement has been duly authorized by proper
        corporate action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed
        and delivered by an authorized officer of the Company and constitutes
        the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of the Company
        enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability
        thereof may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws,
        affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (b)
        equitable principles of general applicability (regardless of whether
        such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at
        law);

             (3)  The Notes have been duly authorized by proper corporate
        action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed by an
        authorized officer of the Company and delivered and constitute the
        legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in
        accordance with their terms, except as enforceability thereof may be
        limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the
        enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (b) equitable
        principles of general applicability (regardless of whether such
        enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

             (4)  The issuance and sale of the Notes and the execution,
        delivery and performance by the Company of the Note Agreement do not
        conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or
        constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of
        any lien or encumbrance upon any of the property of the Company
        pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-
        laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument known to
        such counsel to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by
        which the Company or any Subsidiary may be bound;

             (5)  No approval, consent or withholding of objection of or on
        the part of, or filing registration or qualification with, any
        governmental body, Federal, state or local, is necessary in
        connection with the execution and delivery of the Note Agreement by
        the Company or the issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes by the
        Company;

             (6)  The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes under the
        circumstances contemplated by the Note Agreement is an exempt
        transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and does
        not under existing law require the registration of the Notes under
        the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the qualification of an
        indenture in respect thereof under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as
        amended;

             (7)  There are no proceedings pending or threatened, against or
        affecting the Company or any Principal Subsidiary in any court or
        before any governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal
        which involve the reasonable possibility of materially and adversely
        affecting the properties, business, prospects, profits or condition
        (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

             (8)  None of the transactions contemplated in the Note Agreement
        (including, without limitation thereof, the use of the proceeds from
        the sale of the Notes) will violate or result in a violation of
        Section 7 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any
        regulations issued pursuant thereto, including, without limitation,
        Regulations G, T or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
        Reserve System (12 C.F.R., Chapter II).

        The opinion of Foley & Lardner may also set forth such qualifications
   and assumptions which are acceptable to the Purchaser and shall cover such
   other matters relating to the sale of the Notes as the Purchaser may
   reasonably request.  With respect to matters of fact on which such opinion
   is based, such counsel shall be entitled to rely on appropriate
   certificates of public officials and officers of the Company.  With
   respect to matters of laws of any foreign jurisdiction, such counsel shall
   be entitled to rely upon the opinion of local counsel for such
   jurisdiction.


                       JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                              ECONOMIC VALUE ADDED
                                   BONUS PLAN

                                  PLAN SUMMARY

   The following is a summary of the terms and conditions of Johnson
   Worldwide Associates Economic Value Added Bonus Plan ("the Plan").

        A. 1.  Purpose of the EVA Bonus Plan

               To provide incentive compensation to executives and key
               managers of JWA employees in a Plan which directly relates the
               financial reward to an increase in the value of the Company to
               our  shareholders. The key philosophy behind the Plan is that
               value must continue to be created overtime in order for
               bonuses to be paid.

           2.  Eligibility

               Eligibility for the Plan is limited to designated eligible
               executive and key management employees within Johnson
               Worldwide Associates.  Selection of such employees, if any,
               for any fiscal year will be subject to nomination by the Chief
               Executive Officer to the Compensation Committee of the Board
               of Directors.

               Eligibility of executive positions or current incumbents  for 
               inclusion in the Plan does not guarantee their participation
               in any  future year.

           3.  Performance Versus Targets

               The Plan has unlimited upside and downside performance
               potential.  Your incentive earnings are based  on  EVA
               improvement.  If you achieve your targeted level  of EVA 
               improvement, you will achieve your target  bonus,  i.e.  a 
               1.0 x EVA Bonus Multiple.

               Given these assumptions, the EVA improvement required to
               double your bonus (achieve 2.0 bonus multiple) would be 
               $3.5 million.

               Your upside potential is limited only by your ability to drive
               EVA  performance  upward.   EVA  performance and incentive
               earnings are directly linked: the better your EVA performance,
               the more you earn.

               The leverage factor works the same on the downside.  If you
               underperform versus your EVA target, you will fall short of
               your target incentive.

               Does this mean that base pay could be taken away from you? 
    
               incentive payouts could be reduced to  account for  the
               negative bonus earned in the current year.

           4.  EVA Bonus Declaration

               A participants EVA Bonus Declaration for a plan year (JWA's
               fiscal year) will be determined by a combination of Company,
               geographic area, and/or business unit(s) performance, a
               determined for each individual based upon their
               responsibilities.

               A participant's initial declared EVA bonus will be computed as
               follows:

               EVA                                  
               Bonus     =     Base       X       Target      X        Bonus
               Declaration     Salary            Incentive           Multiple

               The Bonus Multiple will be determined based on EVA
               improvement.

               The Bonus Multiple is determined as follows:

               Bonus Multiple = 1 + Actual EVA - Target EVA
                                    -----------------------
                                    EVA Leverage Amount

               The leverage amount is the change in EVA over and above the
               target required to double  your target Bonus (i.e., a 2.0
               Bonus Multiple). The leverage factor varies by business based
               on the historic volatility of operating results.  For example,
               assume the following:

               -    Target EVA = $1,000,000
               -    Leverage Factor = $400,000

               Based upon these parameters, an EVA Bonus Multiple of 2.0x
               (two times target bonus) would be declared for actual EVA
               performance of $1,400,000 ( Target EVA plus the Leverage
               Factor). Likewise, an EVA Bonus Multiple of 0.0x ( a zero
               bonus) would be declared for actual EVA performance of
               $600,000.

               The target EVA for subsequent  plan years shall be the average
               of the target EVA and actual EVA for the prior Plan year, plus
               the expected improvement.

               Expected improvement  in  EVA and  leverage  amounts will be
               determined at the inception of the Plan and adjusted
               periodically based on actual results of the businesses. 

           5.  Payment of Bonus and Banking

               The amount of any positive Bonus shall be paid in cash to the 
               participant subject to a banking system  for two thirds of the
               amount in excess of the target.  The total Bonus payment for
               each Plan year will be determined as follows:

               Beginning Balance
               +   Bonus Declared      
               =   Available Balance

               -    Bank Payout (Target plus 33 1/3% of balance)

               =   Ending Balance (Annual payment)

               The banking of bonuses serves to smooth Bonus payouts over 
               the business cycle.   This banking system also ensures that
               performance is sustained by making the payout of bank balances
               contingent on sustained performance.

               The payment will be made (net of tax withholding) on or before 
               the end of the third month following the end of the relevant
               Plan year.

   <TABLE>

                         EVA Bonus Declaration & Payout
                               Bonus Bank Example

   <CAPTION>

    (Thousands)                                         1996            1997          1998            1999           2000
    <S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>            <C> 
    Annual Salary                                        100             100           150            150            200
    x Percentage Target Bonus                             15%             15%           15%            15%            15%
    = EVA Target Bonus                                  15.0            15.0          22.5           22.5           30.0

    x EVA Bonus Multiple                                1.24x           1.61x        (0.19x)         0.10x          1.13x
                                                       ------          -----         ------          -----          -----
    = EVA Bonus Declaration                             18.7            24.1          (4.3)           2.3           33.9

    Payout Threshold Multiple                           1.00x           1.00x         1.00x          1.00x          1.00x
    Payout Threshold                                    15.0            15.0          22.5            22.5          30.0
    EVA Bonus Payout: Threshold [1]                     15.0            15.0           0.0            2.3           30.0

    Beginning Bank Balance                               0.0             2.5           7.7            2.3            1.5
    + Addition to the Bank                               3.7             9.1          (4.3)           0.0            3.9
                                                       -----           -----         -----          ------         ------
    = Bank Balance Available for Payout                  3.7            11.5           3.5            2.3            5.4
    
    x Payout Percentage                                   33%             33%           33%            33%            33%

    = Bonus Bank Payout:  Reserve [2]                    1.2             3.8           1.1            0.8            1.8

    Ending Bank Balance                                  2.5             7.7           2.3            1.5            3.7
    
    Total EVA Bonus Payout [1] + [2]                    16.2            18.8           1.1            3.1           31.8

   </TABLE>


        B. Administration and Guidelines of the Plan

           Administration of the Plan is the sole province of the
           Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  Guidelines for
           its administration are:

           1.  Determination of Targeted Bonus Exposure Under the Bonus Plan

               In each year the Compensation Committee of the Board of
               Directors will establish a targeted bonus level for
               participants in the Plan ranging from 10% to 100% of the
               eligible executive's base salary as defined in this Plan.

    Participant                                 Tier          Target Bonus %

    Chief Executive Officer                       1                70%
    Executive Officers                            2                55%
    Vice Presidents &
      Business Unit Managers                      3             30% - 40%
    Directors & Managers                          4             10% - 20%

           2.  Individual Awards

               Individual awards shall be based on the total base salary
               received by an incumbent in an eligible executive position
               during the fiscal year.  For this purpose, the term "base
               salary" shall not include allowances or any other payments or
               benefits, whether legally required or not.  At the time of
               selection of eligible positions the target bonus for the
               upcoming year shall be recommended by the Chief Executive
               Officer of JWA to the Board of Directors.

               The only factor to be considered in determining the individual
               awards is results against all annual EVA objectives.

           3.  Determination of EVA Objectives

               All EVA objectives used for purposes of this Plan must be
               finally determined by the Chief Executive Officer of JWA and
               approved prior to the beginning of the fiscal year (or as soon
               thereafter as possible), and may only be changed in the event
               of a significant change in the business, such as a significant
               acquisition, divestiture or other major event.  Guidelines for
               alteration of objectives are set forth in Exhibit A.

           4.  Determination of Bonus Awards

               After the close of the fiscal year each eligible executive's
               performance against EVA objectives will be evaluated by the
               Chief Executive Officer of JWA.

               The Chief Executive Officer of JWA will then submit these
               evaluations of performance against objectives along with his
               bonus recommendations   to  the  Compensation  Committee  of 
               the JWA Board of Directors for review and final approval.  The
               JWA Compensation Committee shall have the final authority to
               approve individual bonuses and may, at its sole discretion,
               reduce or eliminate the recommended bonuses.

           5.  New Hires/Promotion

               An individual who is hired/promoted into a position that
               participates in the Bonus Plan may be eligible for a bonus
               award on a pro-rata basis in the year of entry.

               6. Transfers
                  
               A participant who transfers his or her employment from one
               business to another shall have his or her EVA Bonus Bank
               transferred to the new unit.  At the time of transfer, the
               participant will have his or her bonus award based on time
               spent in each particular operation/unit on a pro-rata basis
               for the portion of year the individual worked in each unit. 
               The participant's pro-rata share will be based on the
               operation's/unit's full year EVA performance.

               7. Death or Disability

               A participant who dies or becomes disabled while in the
               employment of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. shall receive
               full payment of his or her Bonus Bank balance net of the
               impact of a pro-rata bonus for the year in which he or she
               dies or becomes disabled.  Such payment shall be made at the
               regular time for making bonus payments in respect to the year
               of such death or disability, and shall be paid to the
               designated beneficiary or estate in the case of death.

               8. Retirement

               A participant who retires from Johnson Worldwide Associates,
               Inc. shall receive full payment of his or her Bonus Bank
               balance and may be eligible for a pro-rata bonus for the year
               in which he or she retires.  Such payment shall be made in a
               lump sum at the regular time for making bonus payments or over
               two years as he or she so chooses.  Negative Bonus Bank
               balances are waived.  An individual whose age and full years
               of service total 70 will be considered to meet the definition
               of retirement.

               9. Involuntary Termination without Cause

               A participant who is involuntarily terminated without cause
               and who has a positive Bonus Bank balance shall become vested
               with respect to such balance and shall be paid in full at the
               regular time for making bonus payments net of the impact of a
               pro-rata bonus for the year in which he or she is terminated. 
               Negative Bonus Bank balances are waived.

               10. Voluntary Resignation or Termination with Cause

               Except as provided for above, voluntary termination of
               employment with Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. or
               termination with cause shall result in forfeiture of the
               participant's Bonus Bank balance and pro-rata bonus for the
               year of voluntary termination or termination with cause.

               11. No Guarantee

               Participation in the Plan provides no guarantee that a bonus
               under the Plan will be paid.  The success of Johnson Worldwide
               Associates, Inc., its business units and individual employees,
               as measured by the achievement of EVA and individual
               contribution, shall determine the extent to which Participants
               shall be entitled to receive bonuses thereunder.

               12. General Provisions

                  a) Withholding of Taxes

                  Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. shall have the right to
                  withhold the amount of taxes, which in the determination
                  of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., are required to be
                  withheld under law with respect to any amount due or paid
                  under the Plan.
                     
                  b) Expenses
                     
                  All expenses and costs in connection with the adoption and
                  administration of the Plan shall be borne by Johnson
                  Worldwide Associates, Inc.
                     
                  c) No Prior Right or Offer
                     
                  Except and until expressly granted pursuant to the Plan,
                  nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any employee
                  any contractual or other right to participate in the
                  benefits of the Plan.  No award to any such participant in
                  any Plan Period shall be deemed to create a right to
                  receive any award or to participate in the benefits of the
                  Plan in any subsequent Plan Period.
                     
              13. Limitations
                     
                  a) No Continued Employment
                     
                  Neither the establishment of the Plan or the grant of
                  an award thereunder shall be deemed to constitute an
                  express or implied contract of employment of any
                  participant for any period of time or in any way abridge
                  the rights of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. to
                  determine the terms and conditions of employment or to
                  terminate the employment of any employee with or without
                  cause at any time.
                     
                  b) Not Part of Other Benefits
                     
                  The benefits provided in this Plan shall not be deemed a
                  part of any other benefit provided by Johnson Worldwide
                  Associates, Inc. to its employees.  Johnson Worldwide
                  Associates, Inc. assumes and shall have no obligation to
                  participants except as expressly provided in the Plan.
                     
                  c) Other Plans
                     
                  Nothing contained herein shall limit Johnson Worldwide
                  Associates, Inc.'s power to grant bonuses to employees of
                  Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc., whether or not they
                  are participants in this Plan.

              14. a) Bonus Payments

                  Bonus payments shall be excluded from the computation of
                  other parts of the eligible executive's personal benefit
                  and compensation packages, such as, for example, that
                  executive's retirement contributions and life insurance.

                  b) Deferral of Bonus Payments

                  i) Election to Defer - An incumbent in an eligible
                  executive position may elect to defer all or part of any
                  bonus that may be awarded to that executive by action of
                  the Chief Executive Officer of JWA.   Such election shall
                  be irrevocable during the full period of deferral unless
                  the Chief Executive Officer of JWA, in his sole
                  discretion, decides to modify it upon a clear showing of
                  financial hardship suffered or likely to be suffered by
                  that executive.

                  ii) Period of Deferral - Normally, all deferrals shall be
                  for the full term of employment, e.g., until termination
                  or death.  However, each executive may elect to defer his
                  bonus award for a set period of years subject to the
                  approval of the Chief Executive Officer of JWA.  If the
                  executive who chose deferral for a specific period
                  terminates employment before the end of such period, the
                  Deferred Bonus Account of that executive shall, upon
                  termination, be distributed in accordance with the
                  Distribution Provisions in paragraph (iv) below.

                  iii) Interest Rate - Deferred Bonus awards shall increase
                  in value during the years prior to deferral at a rate to
                  be established at the discretion of the Chief Executive
                  Officer of JWA.  Such increase in value shall be credited
                  to such executive's Deferred Bonus Account as of the end
                  of each quarter and shall thereafter become part of that
                  executive's Deferred Bonus Account.

                  iv) Distribution from Deferred Bonus Accounts - Upon
                  termination of the executive's employment or the end of
                  the set period of deferral, the Deferred Bonus Account of
                  that executive shall be paid to that executive in full in
                  a single cash payment or in installments over a period of
                  up to ten (10) years, as detailed below.

                  If the executive's employment with JWA terminates for any
                  reason other than death or retirement, the entire unpaid
                  balance of the Bonus, plus any added value or accrued
                  interest, shall be paid within ninety (90) days following
                  the effective date of termination of employment.

                  If the executive's employment with JWA terminates due to
                  this retirement, payment of the Deferred Bonus awarded, if
                  any, plus any added value or accrued interest, for the
                  fiscal year to which this Plan applies, shall be made, or
                  continue to be made, as indicated by the executive in his
                  "Request for Payment" form and as previously approved by
                  the Chief Executive Officer of JWA.

                  If the executive dies before he receives the entire bonus,
                  the entire unpaid balance of the bonus, plus any added
                  value or accrued interest, shall be paid either within one
                  hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of notice of
                  his death by the Director-Human Resources of JWA, or in
                  such installments over a period of not more than ten (10)
                  years following his death, as determined by the Chief
                  Executive Officer of JWA.  Bonuses paid in installments
                  shall bear interest on the unpaid amount during the
                  installment payment period at a rate to be established at
                  the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer of JWA.

                  Bonuses awarded to an executive may not be assigned,
                  transferred or pledged by the executive either voluntarily
                  or involuntarily.

                  The executive may, however, submit a written designation
                  of beneficiary of the Deferred Bonus Account to the
                  Director-Human Resources of JWA at any time.  In the
                  absence of a properly designated beneficiary, payment
                  shall be made to the executive's estate.

           15.    Board of Directors' Actions

                  Prior to the beginning of each fiscal year the JWA Board
                  shall in a meeting or by written consent:

                  a.   Select the eligible positions in the Plan, if any, for
                       the next fiscal year;

                  b.   Establish the targeted bonus objective for the next
                       fiscal year; and

                  c.   Establish the tentative allocation (if any) between
                       specific EVA objectives and JWA total EVA performance
                       for the next year.  Within 90 days after the close of
                       the fiscal year, the Compensation Committee of the JWA
                       Board of Directors will, by resolution at a meeting,
                       or by consent establish the awards, if any, to be
                       given for performance in the preceding year.

                  16.  Plan Terms

                       In all cases the terms as set forth in the Plan
                       document shall have control over this summary.

   <PAGE>
           
                                                                 EXHIBIT A


          GUIDELINES FOR AMENDMENT TO EVA TARGET PERFORMANCE LEVELS AND
                         CAPITALIZATION OF EXPENSES

   AMENDMENT TO EVA TARGET PERFORMANCE LEVELS

   The EVA performance targets established in the Bonus Plan are intended to
   achieve long term improvements in shareholder value.  These targets have
   been objectively determined based on the historical performance of the
   operating units and allocated appropriately to achieve overall corporate
   objectives.  Changes to these targets are expected to be infrequent. 
   Nonetheless, situations will arise in which it is appropriate to revise
   such objectives.  Generally, a target may be revised only in the event of
   a significant acquisition or divestiture.  All such revisions are at the
   discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and the Compensation Committee
   of the Board of Directors.

   CAPITALIZATION OF EXPENSES

   Similarly, certain expenses should not be considered annual expenses due
   to their nature.  These expenses should be "capitalized" so as to not
   distort operating results calculated under EVA in any given year.  These
   expenses are to be added to the capital base of the business and thus
   required to earn a return as long as these capitalized expenses remain a
   part of the capital base.  The criteria for capitalization of expenses are
   as follows:

   -  Material to the business
   -  Unusual
   -  Nonrecurring
   -  Result in tangible, measurable, long-term benefit to the business.

   Some examples of expenses that might be capitalized are as follows:

   -  Expenses related to consolidation of operating units following an
      acquisition
   -  Expenses related to a plant closing where closing the plant is expected
      to lead to operating cost reductions


   Some examples of costs that should not be capitalized are as follows:

   -  Significant advertising campaigns
   -  Research and development expenses
   -  Recruiting expenses

   All requests for capitalization of expenses will be reviewed by the Chief
   Financial Officer.  Any revisions to EVA calculations are at the
   discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and the Compensation Committee
   of the Board of Directors.


   1997 Annual Report
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.

   Special note regarding forward-looking statements

   Certain matters discussed in this 1997 Annual Report are "forward-looking
   statements" intended to qualify for the safe harbors from liability
   established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These
   forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such because the
   context of the statement includes phrases such as "we expect" or other
   words of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe the Company's
   future plans, objectives or goals are also forward-looking statements.
   Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and
   uncertainties which could cause actual results or outcomes to differ
   materially from those currently anticipated. Factors that could affect
   actual results or outcomes include adverse weather conditions, changes in
   consumer spending patterns, the success of the Company's acquisitions and
   EVA and JWAction programs, actions of companies that compete with JWA and
   the Company's success in managing inventory.

   Shareholders, potential investors and other readers are urged to consider
   these factors in evaluating the forward-looking statements and are
   cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
   The forward-looking statements included herein are only made as of the
   date of this 1997 Annual Report and the Company undertakes no obligation
   to publicly update such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent
   events or circumstances.


   Management's Discussion and Analysis
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   The following discussion includes comments and analysis relating to the
   Company's results of operations and financial condition for the three
   years ended October 3, 1997. This discussion should be read in conjunction
   with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that
   immediately follow this section.

   FOREIGN OPERATIONS
   The Company has significant foreign operations, for which the functional
   currencies are denominated primarily in Swiss and French francs, German
   marks, Italian lire, Japanese yen and Canadian dollars. As the values of
   the currencies of the foreign countries in which the Company has
   operations increase or decrease relative to the U.S. dollar, the sales,
   expenses, profits, assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign
   operations, as reported in the Company's consolidated financial
   statements, increase or decrease, accordingly. The Company mitigates a
   portion of the fluctuations in certain foreign currencies through the
   purchase of foreign currency swaps, forward contracts and options to hedge
   known commitments, primarily for purchases of inventory and other assets
   denominated in foreign currencies. The significant appreciation of the
   U.S. dollar and the sale of the Plastimo business reduced the cumulative
   translation component of shareholders' equity by $10.5 million in 1997.


   RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
   Summary consolidated financial results are as follows:

   [millions, except per
    share data]                       1997           1996           1995

   Net sales                          $303.1         $344.4         $347.2
   Gross profit                        111.3          119.7          138.2
   Operating expenses(1)                99.3          121.2          114.4
   Operating profit (loss)              12.0           (1.5)          23.7
   Interest expense                      8.8           10.2            7.6
   Net income (loss)                     2.1          (11.4)          10.1
   Per common share                     0.25          (1.40)          1.25

   (1) Includes nonrecurring charges of $0.3 million and $6.8 million in 1997
   and 1996, respectively.

   1997 vs 1996

   Net Sales
   Net sales were $303.1 million in 1997 compared to $344.4 million in 1996,
   a decrease of 12%. The sale of the Company's Plastimo marine business in
   January 1997 accounted for $28.5 million of the shortfall in sales. Sales
   as measured in U.S. dollars were also negatively impacted by the effect of
   weaker foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar in comparison to
   1996. Excluding the effects of foreign currency movements and the sale of
   the Plastimo business, worldwide sales decreased $0.2 million from 1996.
   The remainder of the shortfall was due primarily to decreases in sales of
   motors and fishing products, as the overall market for such products
   declined, offset by sales of businesses acquired in 1997.

   Operating Results
   The Company recognized an operating profit of $12 million in 1997 compared
   to an operating loss of $1.5 million in 1996. Several factors accounted
   for the turnaround. Gross profit margins increased from 34.8% in 1996 to
   36.7% in 1997. Unusual charges related to reduction of inventories to
   their net realizable value reduced the 1996 gross profit by $10.5 million,
   or 3.1%. Underabsorption of overhead expenses due to lower sales volume
   and sales of excess inventory at lower than normal margins mitigated the
   increase in gross margins in 1997. The Company also continues to
   experience margin pressure in all of its businesses due to competition
   from other businesses.

   Operating expenses, excluding nonrecurring charges, totaled 
   $99 million, or 32.7% of sales, in 1997 compared to $114.4 million, or
   33.2% of sales, in 1996. The sale of the Company's Plastimo marine
   business accounted for $8 million of the reduction in operating expenses.
   The remainder of the decrease was attributable to management's efforts to
   control such expenses and the impact of weaker foreign currencies, all of
   which were offset by operating expenses of businesses acquired in 1997.
   Virtually all categories of expenses declined in the aggregate and as a
   percentage of sales.

   The Company recognized nonrecurring charges totaling $0.3 million in 1997.
   These charges resulted primarily from severance and other costs related to
   the integration of acquired businesses. The Company anticipates additional
   nonrecurring charges of $3 to $4 million will be incurred over the next
   two years to integrate recent acquisitions into its business.

   Other Income and Expenses
   Interest expense decreased $1.4 million in 1997, reflecting lower debt
   levels resulting from the sale of the Plastimo marine business and due to
   lower levels of working capital, primarily inventory and accounts
   receivable. Offsetting the decline was additional interest expense from
   debt used to consummate acquisitions.

   Overall Results
   The Company recognized net income of $2.1 million in 1997, or $0.25 per
   share, compared to a loss of $11.4 million, or $1.40 per share, in 1996.
   The Company recognized income tax expense of $1.9 million in 1997, an
   effective rate of 48.1%, due to earnings in foreign jurisdictions that are
   taxed at higher rates than in the U.S. The tax benefit of operating losses
   generated in the U.S. did not fully offset the taxes in these foreign
   jurisdictions.


   1996 vs 1995

   Net Sales
   Net sales were $344.4 million in 1996 compared to $347.2 million in 1995,
   a decrease of 1%. Sales as measured in U.S. dollars were negatively
   impacted by the effect of weaker foreign currencies relative to the U.S.
   dollar in comparison to 1995. Excluding the effects of foreign currency
   movements, worldwide sales increased nominally over 1995.

   Poor spring weather in North America contributed to a decline in sales of
   4% in that region in 1996. Both the fishing and outdoor equipment
   businesses were impacted. The delay, until February 1996, in the
   introduction of a new fishing line product due to production problems
   encountered by the supplier also negatively impacted revenue in 1996.

   European sales as measured in U.S. dollars increased 6% in 1996, led by
   strong growth in the outdoor equipment and diving businesses. Excluding
   currency effects, European sales increased 7% in 1996.

   The Company's Asian business, which is concentrated in Japan and
   Australia, recognized a decline in sales of 11% in 1996 due to the
   significant decline in the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar.
   Excluding the impact of foreign currencies, sales in Asia increased 2% as
   the Australian business generated significant sales growth.

   Operating Results
   The Company recognized an operating loss of $1.5 million in 1996 compared
   to operating profit of $23.7 million in 1995. Several factors accounted
   for the operating loss. Gross profit margins declined from 39.8% in 1995
   to 34.8% in 1996. Unusual charges related to reduction of inventories to
   their net realizable value reduced gross profit by $10.3 million, or 3%.
   Most significantly impacted was the North American fishing business, which
   had the most significant buildup of inventory and recognized the bulk of
   the losses. Changes in management and the end of the peak selling season
   contributed to the timing of the loss, which was recognized in the fourth
   quarter.

   Operating expenses, excluding nonrecurring charges, totaled $114.4
   million, or 33% of sales in both 1996 and 1995. While overall operating
   expenses remained level, financial and administrative management expenses
   increased $0.8 million. Amortization expense increased $0.5 million in
   1996 due to a full year of amortization of intangible assets related to
   acquisitions completed in 1995.

   The Company recognized nonrecurring charges totaling $6.8 million in 1996.
   These charges resulted from writedowns of long-lived assets totaling $2.9
   million, the expected loss of $2 million on the sale of the Company's
   Plastimo marine business, and charges totaling $1.9 million related to the
   relocation of one of its manufacturing locations and the outsourcing of
   the distribution function of another business.

   Other Income and Expenses
   Interest expense increased $2.6 million in 1996, reflecting higher debt
   levels resulting from the full year impact of acquisitions consummated in
   1995 and due to higher levels of working capital, primarily inventory. The
   issuance of long-term senior notes in October 1995 increased the average
   interest rate of the Company's indebtedness, as this debt was used to
   repay short-term debt which generally carried lower interest rates.

   Overall Results
   The Company recognized a net loss of $11.4 million in 1996, or $1.40 per
   share, compared to earnings of $10.1 million, or $1.25 per share, in 1995.
   The Company recognized income tax expense of $0.2 million in 1996, despite
   a pretax loss, due to earnings in foreign jurisdictions that are taxed at
   higher rates than in the U.S. The tax benefit of operating losses
   generated in the U.S. did not fully offset the taxes in these foreign
   jurisdictions. In addition, the Company recognized income tax expense
   totaling $0.5 million on the expected disposition of the Plastimo
   business, despite a pretax loss of $2 million, due to differences between
   the tax basis and financial statement carrying values of the related
   assets. The disproportionate contribution of earnings from foreign
   businesses is attributable to the inventory writedowns and nonrecurring
   charges noted above, which are largely being recognized in the United
   States.


   FINANCIAL CONDITION
   The following discusses changes in the Company's liquidity and capital
   resources.

   OPERATIONS
   The following table sets forth the Company's working capital position at
   the end of each of the past three years:

   [millions]                         1997           1996           1995

   Current assets                     $152.7         $189.7         $185.4
   Current liabilities                  66.1           88.4           63.9
   Working capital                     $86.6         $101.3         $121.5
   Current ratio                    2.3 to 1       2.1 to 1       2.9 to 1

   Cash flows provided by operations totaled $20 million in 1997 versus usage
   of $6.5 million of cash in 1996. Proactive management efforts, which led
   to reduction of inventories of $13.1 million in 1997 versus growth of
   $17.6 million in 1996, accounted for a significant amount of the net
   change in cash flows. The Company's profitability in 1997 also contributed
   to the positive cash flow. Sales below expectations contributed to the
   growth in inventory in 1996.

   Accounts receivable increased $2.7 million in 1997, offsetting the net
   increase in cash, and decreased $2.4 million in 1996. Accounts payable and
   accrued liabilities decreased $3.7 million in 1997 and $1.1 million in
   1996, negatively impacting the net flow of cash from operations.

   Depreciation and amortization charges were $11.9 million in 1997, $10.6
   million in 1996 and $8.3 million in 1995. Amortization of intangible
   assets arising from the Company's 1997 and 1995 acquisitions and increased
   depreciation from capital spending in 1997, 1996 and 1995 accounted for
   the increases in these charges.

   INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Expenditures for property, plant and equipment were $10.8 million in 1997,
   $10.7 million in 1996 and $15.5 million in 1995. The Company's recurring
   investments are made primarily for tooling for new products and
   information systems improvements. In 1998, capital expenditures are
   anticipated to total approximately $9 million. These expenditures are
   expected to be funded by working capital or existing bank lines of credit.
   A portion of the Company's 1998 capital expenditures is designated for
   information systems improvements to comply with Year 2000 issues. The
   Company anticipates no disruption of its business related to these issues.

   The Company completed the acquisitions of two businesses in 1997, which
   increased tangible and intangible assets and debt by $37 million. The sale
   of the Company's Plastimo business in January 1997 provided $13.9 million
   of cash, which was used to reduce short-term debt.

   FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   The following table sets forth the Company's debt and capital structure at
   the end of the past three years:

   [millions]                         1997           1996           1995

   Current debt                       $ 26.1         $ 43.1         $ 18.6
   Long-term debt                       88.7           61.5           68.9
   Total debt                          114.8          104.6           87.5
   Shareholders' equity                117.7          126.4          141.3
   Total capitalization               $232.5         $231.0         $228.8
   Total debt to total 
        capital ratio                   49.4%          45.3%          38.2%

   Cash flows from financing activities totaled $6.9 million in 1997 and
   $17.6 million in 1996. In October 1997, the Company consummated a private
   placement of long-term debt totaling $25 million. In anticipation of this
   financing, short-term debt to be repaid totaling $25 million at October 3,
   1997 was classified as long-term. Payments on long-term debt required to
   be made in 1998 total $8 million. At October 3, 1997, the Company had
   available unused credit facilities in excess of $93 million, which is
   believed to be adequate for its needs.


   OTHER FACTORS
   The Company has not been significantly impacted by inflationary pressures
   over the last several years. However, from time to time the Company faces
   changes in the prices of commodities. Price increases and, in certain
   situations, price decreases are implemented for individual products, when
   appropriate. The Company anticipates that rising costs of basic raw
   materials may impact 1998 operating costs and, accordingly, the prices of
   its products. Fluctuations in foreign currencies may also impact the cost
   of the Company's products. The Company is involved in continuing programs
   to mitigate the impact of cost increases through changes in product
   design, identification of sourcing and manufacturing efficiencies and
   foreign currency hedges.


   PENDING ACCOUNTING CHANGES
   In 1997, the FASB issued Statement 128, Earnings Per Share, which requires
   changes in the current method of computation of, and disclosures with
   regard to, earnings per share. The Company will adopt Statement 128 in
   1998, as required. The calculation of basic earnings per share required
   under Statement 128 will be substantially the same as the amounts of
   earnings per common share currently being reported by the Company. The
   amounts calculated as diluted earnings per share under Statement 128 will
   be nominally lower than the related basic earnings per share.

   The FASB has issued a number of other pronouncements related to financial
   statement disclosure. These pronouncements will not impact the financial
   position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company, when
   adopted.



   Consolidated Balance Sheets 
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries


   [thousands, except share data]      October 3, 1997     September 27, 1996

   ASSETS
   Current assets:
     Cash and temporary cash
      investments                          $7,130               $12,697
     Accounts receivable, less
      allowance for doubtful
      accounts of $2,693 and
      $2,235, respectively                 51,168                55,847
     Inventories                           78,694               101,903
     Deferred income taxes                  7,976                 8,896
     Other current assets                   7,781                10,336
                                          -------               -------
   Total current assets                   152,749               189,679
   Property, plant and equipment           31,360                30,154
   Deferred income taxes                   10,221                 5,844
   Intangible assets                       82,127                54,422
   Other assets                               562                   669
                                          -------               -------
   Total assets                          $277,019              $280,768
                                          =======               =======
   LIABILITIES AND
    SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Current liabilities:
     Short-term debt and current
        maturities of long-term debt      $26,082               $43,118
     Accounts payable                      10,672                11,086
     Accrued liabilities:
        Salaries and wages                  4,974                 6,260
        Income taxes                        2,076                 4,283
        Other                              22,305                23,659
                                          -------               -------
   Total current liabilities               66,109                88,406
   Long-term debt, less current
     maturities                            88,753                61,501
   Other liabilities                        4,426                 4,437
                                          -------               -------
   Total liabilities                      159,288               154,344
                                          -------               -------
   Shareholders' equity:
     Preferred stock: none issued             -                     -
     Common stock:
        Class A shares issued:
          October 3, 1997, 6,905,523;
          September 27, 1996, 6,901,801       345                   345
        Class B shares issued
          (convertible into Class A):
          October 3, 1997, 1,227,915; 
          September 27, 1996, 1,228,137        61                    61
     Capital in excess of par value        44,186                44,084
     Retained earnings                     79,882                77,940
     Contingent compensation                  (85)                 (121)
     Cumulative translation
        adjustment                         (6,356)                4,115
     Treasury stock, at cost:
        October 3, 1997: 23,600
        Class A shares                       (302)                  -
                                          -------               -------
   Total shareholders' equity             117,731               126,424
                                          -------               -------
   Total liabilities and
     shareholders' equity                $277,019              $280,768
                                          =======               =======

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
   statements.


   Consolidated Statements of Operations 
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries


                                              Year Ended
   [thousands, except         October 3,      September 27,     September 29,
    per share data]              1997              1996             1995

   Net sales                   $303,121          $344,373         $347,190
   Cost of sales                191,789           224,649          209,035
                                -------           -------          -------
   Gross profit                 111,332           119,724          138,155
                                -------           -------          -------
   Operating expenses:
     Marketing and selling       66,259            78,348           78,743
     Financial and
      administrative 
      management                 23,031            26,139           25,304
     Research and
      development                 5,453             6,537            6,531
     Amortization of
      acquisition costs           2,631             2,500            2,003
     Profit sharing               1,612               908            1,830
     Nonrecurring charges           335             6,768              -
                                -------           -------          -------
   Total operating expenses      99,321           121,200          114,411
                                -------           -------          -------
   Operating profit (loss)       12,011            (1,476)          23,744
   Interest income                 (471)             (612)            (774)
   Interest expense               8,780            10,181            7,613
   Other (income)
    expenses, net                  (257)              116              (87)
                                -------           -------          -------
   Income (loss) before
    income taxes                  3,959           (11,161)          16,992
   Income tax expense             1,903               194            6,903
                                -------           -------          -------
   Net income (loss)             $2,056          $(11,355)         $10,089
                                =======           =======          =======
   EARNINGS (LOSS) PER
    COMMON SHARE                  $0.25            $(1.40)           $1.25
                                =======           =======          =======


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
   statements.


   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

   Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity 
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries


                                                 Capital in                                     Cumulative
                                     Common      Excess of       Retained      Contingent       Translation     Treasury
   [thousands]                       Stock       Par Value       Earnings      Compensation     Adjustment      Stock
   <S>                               <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>           <C> 
   BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1994     $  405        $43,330         $79,538       $  (242)         $5,166        $   -
   Net income                           -              -            10,089           -               -              -
   Exercise of stock options              1            384             (95)          -               -              910
   Tax benefit of stock
     options exercised                  -              118             -             -               -              -
   Issuance of restricted stock         -              -                (7)         (222)            -              229
   Issuance of stock under
     employee stock purchase plan       -              136             -             -               -              -
   Amortization of contingent
     compensation                       -              -               -             200             -              -
   Other treasury stock
     transactions                       -              -               -             -               -           (1,381)
   Translation adjustment               -              -               -             -             2,703            -
                                    -------        -------         -------        ------          ------         ------ 
   BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 29, 1995        406         43,968          89,525          (264)          7,869           (242)
   Net loss                             -              -           (11,355)          -               -              -
   Exercise of stock options            -              -               (98)          -               -              295
   Tax benefit of stock
     options exercised                  -               61             -             -               -              -
   Issuance of restricted
     stock                              -              -               -             (67)            -               67
   Issuance of stock under
     employee stock purchase
     plan                               -               55            (132)          -               -              291
   Amortization of contingent
     compensation                       -              -               -             210             -              -
   Other treasury stock
     transactions                       -              -               -             -               -             (411)
   Translation adjustment               -              -               -             -            (3,754)           -
                                    -------        -------         -------        ------          ------         ------ 
   BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 27, 1996        406         44,084          77,940          (121)          4,115            -
   Net income                           -              -             2,056           -               -              -
   Exercise of stock options            -              -              (114)          -               -              284
   Tax benefit of stock
     options exercised                  -               58             -             -               -              -
   Issuance of restricted
     stock                              -               44             -             (67)            -               23
   Amortization of
     contingent compensation            -              -               -             103             -              -
   Other treasury stock
     transactions                       -              -               -             -               -             (609)
   Translation adjustment               -              -               -             -           (10,471)           -
                                    -------        -------         -------        ------          ------         ------ 
   BALANCE AT OCTOBER 3, 1997       $   406        $44,186         $79,882       $   (85)        $(6,356)       $  (302)
                                    =======        =======         =======        ======          ======         ======
   </TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
   statements.


   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries


                                                Year Ended
                                 October 3,     September 27,   September 29,
   [thousands]                      1997            1996            1995

   CASH PROVIDED BY (USED
    FOR) OPERATIONS
   Net income (loss)             $  2,056       $  (11,355)     $   10,089
   Noncash items:
     Depreciation and
      amortization                 11,949           10,561           8,314
     Provision for
      doubtful accounts
      receivable                    1,604            1,662           1,567
     Provision for
      inventory reserves              445           12,202           1,561
     Deferred income taxes         (4,127)          (6,842)            179
     Writedown of property,
      plant and equipment             -              1,846             -
     Writedown of intangible
      assets                          -              1,070             -
     Loss on sale of
      business                        -              2,000             -

   Change in assets and
    liabilities, net of
    effect of businesses
    acquired or sold:
     Accounts receivable           (2,747)           2,412          (6,637)
     Inventories                   13,071          (17,571)        (23,386)
     Accounts payable and
      other accrued
      liabilities                  (3,749)          (1,128)          7,256
     Restructuring accrual            -                -            (1,077)
     Other, net                     1,489           (1,332)         (4,147)
                                  -------           ------          ------
                                   19,991           (6,475)         (6,281)
                                  -------           ------          ------

   CASH USED FOR
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Net assets of businesses
    acquired, net of cash         (37,169)             -          (28,070)
   Proceeds from sale of
    business, net of cash          13,937              -              -
   Additions to property,
    plant and equipment           (10,816)         (10,685)       (15,501)
   Sales of property, plant
    and equipment                   2,596            3,583          3,403
                                  -------          -------        -------
                                  (31,452)          (7,102)       (40,168)
                                  -------          -------        -------
   CASH PROVIDED BY
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Issuance of senior notes           -             45,000            -
   Issuance of other long-term
    notes                          10,543              -              -
   Principal payments on
    senior notes and other
    long-term notes                (7,358)          (7,341)        (6,662)
   Proceeds from revolving
    credit facilities                 -                -           13,172
   Repayment of revolving
    credit facilities                 -            (13,412)           -
   Net change in short-term
    debt                            4,085           (6,717)        32,928
   Common stock transactions         (382)              61             73
                                  -------           ------         ------
                                    6,888           17,591         39,511

   Effect of foreign currency
    fluctuations on cash             (994)            (261)           294
                                  -------           ------         ------
   Increase (decrease) in cash
    and temporary cash
    investments                    (5,567)           3,753         (6,644)

   CASH AND TEMPORARY CASH
    INVESTMENTS
   Beginning of year               12,697            8,944         15,588
                                  -------           ------         ------
   End of year                   $  7,130          $12,697       $  8,944
                                  =======           ======        =======


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
   statements.


   Notes to Consolidated Statements
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. is an integrated, global outdoor
   recreation products company engaged in the design, manufacture and
   marketing of brand name motors and fishing, watercraft, outdoor equipment
   and diving products.

   1  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   All amounts, other than share and per share amounts, are stated in
   thousands.

   Principles of Consolidation
   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Johnson
   Worldwide Associates, Inc. and all majority owned subsidiaries (the
   Company). Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
   eliminated in consolidation.

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
   accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
   assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and
   operating results and the disclosure of commitments and contingent
   liabilities. Actual results could differ significantly from those
   estimates. For the Company, significant estimates include the allowance
   for doubtful accounts receivable and reserves for inventory valuation.

   The Company's fiscal year ends on the Friday nearest September 30. The
   fiscal year ended October 3, 1997 (hereinafter 1997) comprises 53 weeks.
   The fiscal years ended September 27, 1996 and September 29, 1995
   (hereinafter 1996 and 1995, respectively) each comprise 52 weeks.

   Cash and Temporary Cash Investments
   For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company
   considers all short-term investments in interest-bearing bank accounts,
   securities and other instruments with an original maturity of three months
   or less, to be equivalent to cash.

   Inventories
   Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined using the
   first-in, first-out method) or market.

   Inventories at the end of the respective years consist of the following:

                                   1997          1996
   Raw materials                 $27,032        $ 30,102
   Work in process                 5,036           6,167
   Finished goods                 56,846          79,299
                                  ------         -------
                                  88,914         115,568
   Less reserves                  10,220          13,665
                                  ------         -------
                                 $78,694        $101,903
                                  ======         =======

   In 1996, the Company recorded charges totaling $10,304 to reduce the
   carrying value of certain elements of inventory to their net realizable
   value.

   Property, Plant and Equipment
   Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
   depreciation. Depreciation of plant and equipment is determined by
   straight-line and accelerated methods over estimated useful lives, which
   range from 3 to 30 years.

   Upon retirement or disposition, cost and the related accumulated
   depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss
   is recognized in operating results.

   Property, plant and equipment at the end of the respective years consist
   of the following: 

                                                1997            1996

   Property and improvements                    $   956         $   987
   Buildings and improvements                    16,086          15,685
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment             63,853          61,009
                                                 ------          ------
                                                 80,895          77,681
   Less accumulated depreciation                 49,535          47,527
                                                 ------          ------
                                                $31,360         $30,154
                                                 ======          ======

   Intangible Assets
   Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization.
   Amortization is computed using the straight-line method with periods
   ranging from 15 to 40 years for goodwill and 3 to 16 years for patents,
   trademarks and other intangible assets.

   The Company annually assesses the recoverability of intangible assets,
   primarily by determining whether the amortization of the balance over its
   remaining life can be recovered through projected undiscounted future
   operating cash flows of the acquired operation. The amount of impairment,
   if any, is measured primarily based on the deficiency of projected
   discounted future operating cash flows relative to the value of the asset,
   using a discount rate reflecting the Company's cost of capital, which is
   currently approximately 11%.

   Intangible assets at the end of the respective years consist of the
   following:

                                                1997            1996

   Goodwill                                     $94,274         $66,260
   Patents, trademarks and other                  4,113           4,357
                                                 ------          ------
                                                 98,387          70,617
   Less accumulated amortization                 16,260          16,195
                                                 ------          ------
                                                $82,127         $54,422
                                                 ======          ======

   Income Taxes
   The Company provides for income taxes currently payable, and deferred
   income taxes resulting from temporary differences between financial
   statement and taxable income, using the asset and liability method.

   Federal and state income taxes are provided on foreign subsidiary income
   distributed to or taxable in the United States during the year. At October
   3, 1997, net undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries total
   approximately $42,123. A substantial portion of these unremitted earnings
   have been permanently invested abroad and no provision for federal or
   state taxes is made on these amounts. With respect to that portion of
   foreign earnings which may be returned to the United States, provision is
   made for taxes if the amounts are significant.

   The Company's United States entities file a consolidated federal income
   tax return.

   Employee Benefits
   The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have various retirement and
   profit sharing plans. U.S. pension obligations, which are generally based
   on compensation and years of service, are funded by payments to pension
   fund trustees. Other foreign pensions are funded as expenses are incurred.
   The Company's policy is generally to fund the minimum amount required
   under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 for plans
   subject thereto. Profit sharing costs are funded at least annually.

   Foreign Operations and Derivative Financial Instruments
   The Company operates internationally, which gives rise to exposure to
   market risk from movements in foreign exchange rates. The Company uses
   foreign currency forward contracts and options in its selective hedging of
   foreign exchange exposure. Gains and losses on contracts that qualify as
   hedges are recognized as an adjustment of the carrying amount of the item
   hedged. The Company primarily hedges assets, inventory purchases and loans
   denominated in foreign currencies. The Company does not enter into foreign
   exchange contracts for trading purposes. Gains and losses on unhedged
   exposures are recorded in operating results.

   At October 3, 1997, foreign currency forward contracts and options with a
   notional value of approximately $4,499 are in place, hedging existing and
   anticipated transactions. Substantially all of these contracts mature in
   1998. Failure of the counterparties to perform their obligations under
   these contracts would expose the Company to the risk of foreign currency
   rate movements for those contracts. The Company does not believe the risk
   is significant. At October 3, 1997, the fair value of these instruments is
   not significant.

   Foreign currency swaps effectively denominate, in foreign currencies,
   existing U.S. dollar denominated debt of the Company. This foreign
   currency debt serves as a hedge of foreign assets. Accordingly, gains and
   losses on such swaps are recorded in shareholders' equity.

   Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S.
   dollars at the rate of exchange existing at the end of the year. Results
   of operations are translated at monthly average exchange rates. Gains and
   losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency financial
   statements are classified as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

   Revenue Recognition
   Revenue from sales is recognized on the accrual basis, primarily upon the
   shipment of products, net of estimated costs of returns and allowances.

   Advertising
   The Company expenses substantially all costs of production of advertising
   the first time the advertising takes place. Cooperative promotional
   arrangements are accrued in relation to sales.

   Advertising expense in 1997, 1996 and 1995 totals $21,512, $26,657 and
   $26,151, respectively. Capitalized costs at October 3, 1997 and September
   27, 1996 total $1,947 and $2,036, respectively, and primarily include
   catalogs and costs of advertising which has not yet run for the first
   time.

   Research and Development
   Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

   Stock-Based Compensation
   The Company adopted FASB Statement 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
   Compensation, in 1997. Statement 123 allows the Company to continue to
   account for stock options using the intrinsic value based method. The fair
   value of restricted shares awarded in excess of the amount paid for such
   shares is recognized as contingent compensation and is being amortized
   over 1-3 years from the date of award, the period after which all
   restrictions lapse.

   Reclassifications
   Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years' amounts to
   conform with the current year presentation.

   Pending Accounting Changes
   In 1997, the FASB issued Statement 128, Earnings Per Share, which requires
   changes in the current method of computation of, and disclosures with
   regard to, earnings per share. The Company will adopt Statement 128 in
   1998, as required. The calculation of basic earnings per share required
   under Statement 128 will be substantially the same as the amounts of
   earnings per common share currently being reported by the Company. The
   amounts calculated as diluted earnings per share under Statement 128 will
   be nominally lower than the related basic earnings per share.

   The FASB has issued a number of other pronouncements related to financial
   statement disclosure. These pronouncements will not impact the financial
   position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company, when
   adopted.


   2  NONRECURRING CHARGES

   In 1997, the Company recorded severance and other exit costs totaling $335
   related to the integration of acquired businesses. 

   In 1996, the Company adopted FASB Statement 121, Accounting for the
   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed
   Of, and determined that certain of its products would be discontinued. As
   a result, assets totaling $1,846, consisting primarily of tooling, were
   written off. The Company also determined that the carrying value of
   goodwill of one of its subsidiaries, which the Company subsequently
   closed, could not be recovered through undiscounted future cash flows.
   Accordingly, the related intangible assets, totaling $1,070, were written
   off.

   In 1996, the Company recorded involuntary severance and other exit costs
   totaling $1,852 related to the relocation of one of its manufacturing
   locations and the outsourcing of the distribution function of another
   business. Substantially all of the $1,389 remaining accrued liability at
   September 27, 1996 was disbursed in 1997. Approximately 80 employees were
   impacted by these actions.

   In 1996, the Board of Directors approved a plan to divest the Company's
   Plastimo business. The Company estimated the sale of this business would
   result in a loss of approximately $2,000. Accordingly, this loss was
   recognized in 1996 operating results. The Company completed the sale of
   this business in 1997 without recognizing any additional gain or loss. Net
   sales and operating losses of this business, to the date of disposition,
   were $7,910 and $1,184, respectively, in 1997.


   3  ACQUISITIONS

   In October 1997, subsequent to the end of the 1997 fiscal year, the
   Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of Soniform, Inc., a
   manufacturer of diving buoyancy compensators, and the common stock of
   Plastiques L.P.A. Limite, a privately held Canadian manufacturer of
   kayaks. The purchase prices for the acquisitions total approximately
   $3,256.

   In July 1997, the Company completed the acquisition of the common stock of
   Uwatec AG (Uwatec), a privately held manufacturer and marketer of diving
   computers and other electronic instruments. The initial purchase price,
   including direct expenses, for the acquisition was approximately $33,448,
   of which $32,800 was recorded as intangible assets and is being amortized
   over 25 years. Additional payments in 1998 through 2000 are dependent upon
   achievement of specified levels of profitability of the acquired business.
   In connection with the acquisition, the Company entered into a long-term
   product development and intellectual property agreement with an
   unaffiliated party with which Uwatec conducts business and an employment
   agreement with a key employee and former shareholder of Uwatec.

   In July 1997, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all
   of the assets of Ocean Kayak, Inc., a privately held manufacturer and
   marketer of kayaks. The initial purchase price, including direct expenses,
   for the acquisition was approximately $4,961, of which $2,704 was recorded
   as intangible assets and is being amortized over 25 years. Additional
   payments in 1998 and 1999 are dependent upon achievement of specified
   levels of sales of the acquired business.

   The following pro forma operating results are unaudited and reflect
   purchase accounting adjustments assuming the acquisition of Uwatec and
   sale of Plastimo had been consummated at the beginning of each year
   presented:

                                   1997                           1996
   Net sales                     $312,081                       $332,700
   Net loss                        (1,018)                       (12,526)
   Loss per common share            (0.13)                         (1.54)

   In 1995, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of a line of
   fishing tackle products. The initial purchase price, including direct
   expenses, of the acquisition was $25,470, of which $22,042 was recorded as
   intangible assets and is being amortized over 25 years. Additional
   payments in the years 1998 through 2001 are dependent upon the achievement
   of specified levels of sales and profitability of certain of the acquired
   products. No additional payments were required in either 1997 or 1996.

   In 1995, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of a line of
   electric motors and marine accessories. The purchase price of the
   acquisition was $2,600 of which $2,231 was recorded as intangible assets
   and is being amortized over 15 years. Additional payments in the years
   1998 through 2000 are dependent upon achievement of specified levels of
   sales of the acquired product line. No additional payments were required
   in either 1997 or 1996.

   All acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method and,
   accordingly, the consolidated financial statements include the results of
   operations since the respective dates of acquisition. Additional payments,
   if required, will increase intangible assets in future years.


   4  INDEBTEDNESS

   Short-term debt at the end of the respective years consists of the
   following:

                                                  1997            1996
   Commercial paper and bank loans              $43,118         $35,599
   Current maturities of long-term debt           7,964           7,519
                                                 ------          ------
                                                 51,082          43,118
   Less short-term debt to be refinanced         25,000             -
                                                 ------          ------
                                                $26,082         $43,118
                                                 ======          ======

   Short-term credit facilities provide for borrowings with interest rates
   set periodically by reference to market rates. Commercial paper rates are
   set by competitive bidding. The weighted average interest rate on
   short-term indebtedness was 5.6% and 5.8% at October 3, 1997 and September
   27, 1996, respectively. The Company's primary facility is a $100,000
   revolving credit agreement expiring in 2001, which includes $70,000 in
   support of commercial paper issuance. The Company has lines of credit,
   both foreign and domestic, totaling $136,324, of which $93,430 is
   available at October 3, 1997. The Company also utilizes letters of credit
   for trade financing purposes.

   Long-term debt at the end of the respective years consists of the
   following:

                                                  1997            1996
   1996 Senior notes                            $45,000         $45,000
   1993 Senior notes                             15,000          15,000
   1991 Senior notes                                -             7,000
   Short-term debt to be refinanced              25,000             -
   Other long-term notes, 4.6% to 10.9%, 
      maturing through December 2005             11,717           2,020
                                                 ------          ------
                                                 96,717          69,020
   Less current maturities                        7,964           7,519
                                                 ------          ------
                                                $88,753         $61,501
                                                 ======          ======

   In October 1997, subsequent to the end of the 1997 fiscal year, the
   Company issued unsecured senior notes totaling $25,000 with an interest
   rate of 7.15%. The funding commitment for the senior notes was received in
   July 1997. The senior notes have annual principal payments of $2,000 to
   $7,000 beginning October 2001 with a final payment due October 2007.
   Simultaneous with the commitment of the senior notes, the Company executed
   a foreign currency swap, denominating in Swiss francs all of the principal
   and interest payments required under the senior notes. The fixed,
   effective interest rate to be paid on the senior notes as a result of the
   currency swap is 4.32%. Proceeds from issuance of the senior notes were
   used to reduce outstanding indebtedness under the Company's primary
   revolving credit facility. Outstanding short-term debt totaling $25,000 at
   October 3, 1997 is classified as long-term in anticipation of refinancing
   with the proceeds of the senior notes.

   $10,020 of the initial purchase price of Uwatec was deferred with
   principal payments of $2,004 and $8,016 due in 2000 and 2002,
   respectively. Interest on the deferred amount is payable annually at 6%.
   This obligation is denominated in Swiss francs. $10,020 of the Company's
   revolving credit agreement is reserved in support of this obligation
   through issuance of a letter of credit.

   In 1996, the Company issued unsecured senior notes totaling $30,000 with
   an interest rate of 7.77% and $15,000 with an interest rate of 6.98%.
   Total annual principal payments ranging from $5,500 to $7,500 are due
   beginning in 2000 through 2006.

   In 1993, the Company issued unsecured senior notes totaling $15,000 with
   an interest rate of 6.58%. Equal annual principal payments of $7,500 are
   due in 1998 and 1999.

   Aggregate scheduled maturities of long-term debt in each of the five years
   ending September 2002 are as follows:

   Year
   1998                                         $7,964
   1999                                          7,730
   2000                                          7,945
   2001                                          6,197
   2002                                         16,175

   Interest paid was $9,046, $8,853 and $6,775 for 1997, 1996 and 1995,
   respectively.

   Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt
   with similar terms and average maturities, the fair value of the Company's
   long-term debt as of October 3, 1997 and September 27, 1996 is $98,691 and
   $69,151, respectively. The carrying value of all other financial
   instruments approximates the fair value.

   Certain of the Company's loan agreements require that Samuel C. Johnson,
   members of his family and related entities (Johnson Family) continue to
   own stock having votes sufficient to elect a 51% majority of the
   directors. At October 3, 1997, the Johnson Family held approximately
   2,477,000 shares or 36% of the Class A common stock, approximately
   1,168,000 shares or 95% of the Class B common stock and approximately 74%
   of the voting power of both classes of common stock taken as a whole. The
   agreements also contain restrictive covenants regarding the Company's net
   worth, tangible net worth, indebtedness, fixed charge coverage and
   distribution of earnings. The Company is in compliance with the
   restrictive covenants of such agreements, as amended from time to time.


   5  LEASES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

   The Company leases certain operating facilities and machinery and
   equipment under long-term, noncancelable operating leases. Future minimum
   rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases having an initial
   term in excess of one year at October 3, 1997 are as follows:

   Year
   1998                                         $3,826
   1999                                          3,151
   2000                                          2,402
   2001                                          1,918
   2002                                          1,551
   Thereafter                                    1,022

   Rental expense under all leases was approximately $4,338, $5,309 and
   $5,141 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

   The Company makes commitments in a broad variety of areas, including
   capital expenditures, contracts for services, sponsorship of broadcast
   media and supply of finished products and components, all of which are in
   the ordinary course of business.

   6  INCOME TAXES

   Income tax expense (benefit) for the respective years consists of the
   following:


                                 1997           1996            1995
   Current:
      Federal                    $  242         $  518          $  309
      State                         (11)           346            (100)
      Foreign                     5,847          6,239           6,489
   Deferred                      (4,175)        (6,909)            205
                                  -----          -----           -----
                                 $1,903         $  194          $6,903
                                  =====          =====           =====

   The significant components of deferred tax expense (benefit) are as
   follows:

                                  1997           1996           1995
   Deferred tax expense
      (benefit) (exclusive
      of effects of other
      components listed
      below)                     $(4,121)       $(7,304)        $ 325
   Adjustments to 
      deferred tax assets 
      and liabilities for 
      enacted changes 
      in tax laws or rates           -              -              10
   Increase (decrease) in 
      beginning of the 
      year balance of 
      the valuation 
      allowance for 
      deferred tax assets            (54)           395          (130)
                                  ------         ------          ----
                                 $(4,175)       $(6,909)        $ 205
                                  ======         ======          ====

   In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company
   considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of
   the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of
   deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable
   income during the years in which those temporary differences become
   deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax
   liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies
   in making this assessment.

   The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
   portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at the end of
   the respective years are presented below:


                                   1997           1996            1995
   Deferred tax assets:
      Inventories                $  4,773       $ 6,126         $  1,867
      Compensation                  2,555         2,240            1,782
      Foreign income taxes          1,100           595              988
      Foreign tax credit 
         carryforwards              4,211         2,681            1,129
      Net operating loss
         carryforwards              9,487         2,996              407
      Other                         3,645         5,250            4,607
   Total gross deferred 
      tax assets                   25,771        19,888           10,780
   Less valuation allowance         4,417         2,941            1,107
                                   ------        ------           ------
                                   21,354        16,947            9,673
                                   ------        ------           ------
   Deferred tax liabilities:
      Foreign statutory reserves    2,041         1,371            1,204
      Acquisition accounting        1,116           836              638
                                   ------        ------           ------
   Total deferred tax
      liabilities                   3,157         2,207            1,842
                                   ------        ------           ------
   Net deferred tax asset         $18,197       $14,740          $ 7,831
                                   ======        ======           ======

   Following is the income (loss) before income taxes for domestic and
   foreign operations:

                                 1997           1996            1995
   United States                 $(6,998)       $(25,276)       $ 1,164
   Foreign                        10,957          14,115         15,828
                                  ------         -------         ------
                                 $ 3,959        $(11,161)       $16,992
                                  ======         =======         ======

   The significant differences between the statutory federal tax rate and the
   effective income tax rates are as follows:

                                 1997           1996            1995
   Statutory U.S. federal 
      income tax rate            34.0%          (34.0)%         34.0%
   State income taxes, 
      net of federal 
      income tax benefit         (6.2)          (3.4)           (0.9)
   Foreign rate differential     23.9           22.8             7.9
   Basis difference on 
      divestiture of business     -              7.5             -
   Change in beginning 
      of year valuation 
      allowance for 
      foreign tax credits         -              3.9             -
   Foreign operating 
      losses (benefit)           (2.0)           1.2             0.9
   Tax credits                    -              -              (1.6)
   Other                         (1.6)           3.7             0.3
                                 ----           ----           -----
                                 48.1%           1.7%           40.6%
                                 ====           ====           =====

   At October 3, 1997, the Company has $4,211 of foreign tax credit
   carryforwards available to be offset against future U.S. tax liability.
   The credits begin expiring in 1999 if not utilized.

   During 1997, 1996 and 1995, foreign net operating loss carryforwards were
   utilized, resulting in a reduction in income tax expense of $54, $34 and
   $130, respectively. At October 3, 1997, the Company has a U.S. federal
   operating loss carryforward of $23,495. In addition, certain of the
   Company's foreign subsidiaries have net operating loss carryforwards
   totaling $650. These amounts are available to offset future taxable income
   over the next 14 to 20 years and are anticipated to be utilized during
   this period.

   Taxes paid were $8,328, $6,816 and $7,318 for 1997, 1996 and 1995,
   respectively.


   7  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

   Net periodic pension cost for noncontributory pension plans includes the
   following components:

                                 1997           1996            1995
   Service cost                  $  292         $  282          $  254
   Interest on projected 
      benefit obligation            638            599             582
   Return on plan assets         (1,075)          (436)           (457)
   Net amortization 
      and deferral                  547            (72)            (19)
                                   ----           ----           -----
                                 $  402         $  373          $  360
                                   ====           ====           =====

   The funded status of the plans is as follows at the end of each year:

                                                 1997            1996
   Actuarial present value of 
      benefit obligations:
         Vested benefits                        $ 6,962         $ 7,031
         Non-vested benefits                        234             187
                                                 ------          ------
   Accumulated benefit obligation                 7,196           7,218
   Effect of projected compensation
    levels                                        1,466           1,779
                                                 ------          ------
   Projected benefit obligation                   8,662           8,997
   Plan assets at fair value                      6,998           6,235
                                                 ------          ------
   Projected benefit obligation 
      in excess of plan assets                   (1,664)         (2,762)
   Unrecognized net loss                            605           1,756
   Unrecognized prior service cost                  226             252
   Unrecognized net asset                          (534)           (584)
                                                 ------          ------
   Pension liability recognized in 
      the consolidated balance sheets           $(1,367)        $(1,338)
                                                 ======          ======

   Plan assets are invested primarily in stock and bond mutual funds and
   insurance contracts.

   Actuarial assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligation
   and the expected net periodic pension cost are as follows:

                                1997           1996            1995
   Discount rate                 8%             8%              8%
   Rate of increase in 
      compensation levels        5              5               5
   Expected long-term rate 
      of return on plan assets   8              8               8

   A majority of the Company's full-time employees are covered by profit
   sharing and defined contribution programs. Participating entities
   determine profit sharing distributions under various performance and
   service based formulas.


   8  PREFERRED STOCK

   The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock in
   various classes and series, of which there are none currently issued or
   outstanding.


   9  COMMON STOCK

   Common stock at the end of the respective years consists of the following:

                                                  1997            1996
   Class A, $.05 par value:
      Authorized                                20,000,000      20,000,000
      Outstanding                                6,881,923       6,901,801
   Class B, $.05 par value:
      Authorized                                 3,000,000       3,000,000
      Outstanding                                1,227,915       1,228,137

   Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to elect 25% of the members
   of the Board of Directors and holders of Class B common stock are entitled
   to elect the remaining directors. With respect to matters other than the
   election of directors or any matters for which class voting is required by
   law, holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share
   while holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.
   If any dividends (other than dividends paid in shares of the Company) are
   paid by the Company on its common stock, a dividend would be paid on each
   share of Class A common stock equal to 110% of the amount paid on each
   share of Class B common stock. Each share of Class B common stock is
   convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. During
   1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, 222, 476, and 1,986 shares of Class B
   common stock were converted into Class A common stock.

   10  STOCK OWNERSHIP PLANS

   The Company's current stock ownership plans provide for issuance of
   options to acquire shares of Class A common stock by key executives and
   non-employee directors. Current plans also allow for issuance of
   restricted stock or stock appreciation rights in lieu of options. Grants
   of restricted shares are not significant in any year presented. No stock
   appreciation rights have been granted. All stock options have been granted
   at a price not less than fair market value at the date of grant and become
   exercisable over periods of one to four years from the date of grant.
   Stock options generally have a term of 10 years. 

   A summary of stock option activity related to the Company's plans is as
   follows:

                                                                Weighted 
                                                                Average
                                                                Exercise
                                                Shares          Price

   Outstanding at September 30, 1994             587,609        $19.76
   Granted                                       119,000         18.76
   Exercised                                     (70,138)        17.96
   Cancelled                                     (37,525)        20.26
                                                --------
   Outstanding at September 29, 1995             598,946         19.74
   Granted                                       162,000         22.88
   Exercised                                     (12,567)        19.35
   Cancelled                                    (182,158)        20.59
                                                --------
   Outstanding at September 27, 1996             566,221         20.37
   Granted                                       256,000         12.09
   Exercised                                     (24,400)         6.93
   Cancelled                                    (111,300)        16.95
                                                --------
   Outstanding at October 3, 1997                686,521        $18.32
                                                ========         =====

   Other information regarding the Company's stock option plans is as
   follows:

                                 1997           1996            1995

   Options exercisable
      at end of year             388,264        356,756         338,511
   Weighted average
      exercise price of 
      exercisable options        $ 20.75        $ 19.54         $ 19.55
   Weighted average fair 
      value of options 
      granted during year           4.87           8.85            8.61


   At October 3, 1997, the weighted average remaining contractual lives of
   stock options outstanding and those currently exercisable are
   approximately 6.8 years and 5.3 years, respectively.

   Had compensation cost for the Company's stock options been determined
   using the fair value method, the Company's pro forma operating results
   would have been as follows:

                                                1997            1996
   Net income (loss)                            $1,659          $(11,608)
   Earnings (loss) per common share               0.20             (1.43)


   The fair value of each option grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes
   option pricing model with an expected volatility of 35%, a risk free rate
   equivalent to five year U.S. Treasury securities and an expected life of
   five years. The pro forma operating results reflect only options granted
   in 1997 and 1996.

   The Company's employee stock purchase plan provides for the issuance of up
   to 150,000 shares of Class A common stock at a purchase price of not less
   than 85% of the fair market value at the date of grant. No shares were
   issued under this plan in 1997. During 1996 and 1995, 17,375 and 6,701
   shares, respectively, were issued under this plan.



   11  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   The Company and S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. are controlled by the Johnson
   Family. Various transactions are conducted between the Company and
   organizations controlled by the Johnson Family. These include consulting
   services, office rental and certain administrative activities.

   Total costs of these transactions are $489, $440 and $523 for 1997, 1996
   and 1995, respectively, of which $67 and $106 are payable at October 3,
   1997 and September 27, 1996, respectively.



   12  GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS OF BUSINESS

   The Company conducts its worldwide operations through separate geographic
   area organizations which represent major markets or combinations of
   markets. The operations are conducted in the United States and various
   foreign countries, primarily in Europe, Canada and the Pacific Basin.

   Net sales and operating profit by geographic area include both sales to
   customers, as reported in the Company's consolidated statements of
   operations, and interarea transfers, which are priced to recover cost plus
   an appropriate profit margin.

   Identifiable assets represent assets that are used in the Company's
   operations in each geographic area at the end of the years presented.

   A summary of the Company's operations by geographic area is presented
   below:


                                   1997           1996            1995
   Net sales:
    United States:
       Unaffiliated customers    $175,675       $184,372        $192,426
       Interarea transfers          6,426          6,718           5,749
    Europe:
       Unaffiliated customers     101,751        134,048         126,103
       Interarea transfers          3,922          3,107           3,365
    Other                          25,701         25,976          28,674
      Eliminations                (10,354)        (9,848)         (9,127)
                                  -------        -------         -------
                                 $303,121       $344,373        $347,190
                                  =======        =======         =======
   Operating profit (loss):
      United States              $   (577)      $(17,347)       $  6,004
      Europe                       11,796         13,013          14,409
      Other                           792          2,858           3,331
                                  -------        -------         -------
                                 $ 12,011       $ (1,476)       $ 23,744
                                  =======        =======         =======
   Identifiable assets:
      United States              $138,612       $150,959
      Europe                      118,577        109,026
      Other                        19,830         20,783
                                  -------        -------
                                 $277,019       $280,768
                                  =======        =======

   Export sales in each geographic area total less than 10% of sales to
   unaffiliated customers. Sales to a single customer and its affiliated
   entities totaled $33,799 and $34,902 in 1997 and 1995, respectively. No
   customer accounted for 10% or more of sales in 1996. Operating expenses of
   the Company's headquarters are included in operating profit (loss) of the
   United States.


   13  EARNINGS PER SHARE

   Earnings (loss) per share of common stock are computed on the basis of the
   weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Primary and fully
   diluted earnings per share are the same.

   The weighted average common shares used in the computation of earnings per
   common share are 8,111,322, 8,113,776 and 8,080,684 in 1997, 1996 and
   1995, respectively. Common stock equivalents are not significant in any
   year presented.


   14  LITIGATION

   The Company is subject to various legal actions and proceedings in the
   normal course of business, including those related to environmental
   matters. Although litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the
   ultimate exposure with respect to these matters cannot be ascertained,
   management does not believe the final outcome will have a material adverse
   effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or
   cash flows of the Company.

   Auditors' and Management's Reports
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries


   INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

   Shareholders and Board of Directors
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.:

   We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Johnson Worldwide
   Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of October 3, 1997 and September 27,
   1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders'
   equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
   ended October 3, 1997. These consolidated financial statements are the
   responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
   express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
   audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
   obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
   free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
   statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
   the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
   provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
   present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of  October 3, 1997
   and September 27, 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash
   flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 3,
   1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

   As discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the
   Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards
   Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 Accounting for
   the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be
   Disposed Of during the year ended September 27, 1996.


   KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin
   November 11, 1997


   REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

   The management of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. is responsible for
   the preparation and integrity of all financial statements and other
   information contained in this Annual Report. We rely on a system of
   internal financial controls to meet the responsibility of providing
   accurate financial statements. The system provides reasonable assurances
   that assets are safeguarded, that transactions are executed in accordance
   with management's authorization and that the financial statements are
   prepared on a worldwide basis in accordance with generally accepted
   accounting principles.

   The financial statements for each of the years covered in this Annual
   Report have been audited by independent auditors, who have provided an
   independent assessment as to the fairness of the financial statements,
   after obtaining an understanding of the Company's systems and procedures
   and performing such other tests as deemed necessary.

   The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of
   directors who are not officers of the Company, meets with management and
   the independent auditors to review the results of their work and to
   satisfy itself that their respective responsibilities are being properly
   discharged. The independent auditors have full and free access to the
   Audit Committee and have regular discussions with the Committee regarding
   appropriate auditing and financial reporting matters.



   R. C. Whitaker
   President and Chief Executive Officer



   Carl G. Schmidt
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
   Five Year Financial Summary
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries


                                                                  Year Ended
   [thousands, except            October 3,     September 27,     September 29,     September 30,      October 1,
    per share data]                 1997           1996              1995              1994               1993
   <S>                           <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>                <C>   
   OPERATING RESULTS(1)
   Net sales                     $  303,121     $  344,373        $  347,190        $  284,343         $  280,292
   Gross profit                     111,332        119,724           138,155           110,474            114,780
   Operating expenses(2)             99,321        121,200           114,411            91,536            103,587
   Operating profit (loss)           12,011         (1,476)           23,744            18,938             11,193
   Interest expense                   8,780         10,181             7,613             6,845              8,309
   Other (income) expense, net         (728)          (496)             (861)             (391)               189
   Income (loss) from 
      continuing operations 
      before income taxes             3,959        (11,161)           16,992            12,484              2,695
   Income tax expense                 1,903            194             6,903             4,338              2,055
   Income (loss) from 
      continuing operations           2,056        (11,355)           10,089             8,146                640
   Income from discontinued 
      operations                        -              -                 -                 -                1,169
   Gain (loss) on disposal of 
      discontinued operations           -              -                 -               4,052             (3,000)
   Net income (loss)                 $2,056       $(11,355)          $10,089           $12,198            $(1,191)
   Earnings (loss) per common
    share:
       Continuing operations          $0.25         $(1.40)            $1.25             $1.01              $0.08
       Discontinued operations          -              -                 -                0.50              (0.23)
   Net income (loss)                  $0.25         $(1.40)            $1.25             $1.51             $(0.15)
   Weighted average common 
      shares outstanding              8,111          8,114             8,081             8,068              7,974

   BALANCE SHEET DATA(1)
   Total assets                    $277,019       $280,768          $278,353          $219,681           $239,121
   Long-term debt, less
    current maturities               88,753         61,501            68,948            31,190             44,543
   Shareholders' equity             117,731        126,424           141,262           128,197            110,818


   (1) All periods have been reclassified to reflect the discontinuation of the Company's Marking Systems group.
   (2) Includes nonrecurring charges of $335, $6,768 and $13,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1993, respectively.
   </TABLE>


   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
   Quarterly Financial Summary
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries


   [thousands, except           First                   Second                     Third                      Fourth
    per share data]        1997       1996        1997         1996         1997          1996         1997          1996
   <S>                   <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>         
   Net sales             $51,817    $56,405     $96,111      $111,229       $86,894       $110,705     $68,299       $66,034
   Gross profit           18,129     21,321      37,133        44,332        32,472         42,423      23,598        11,648
   Net income (loss)      (3,866)    (2,793)      4,328         4,090         3,286          4,202     (1,692)       (16,854)
   Earnings (loss)
    per common share     $ (0.48)   $ (0.34)    $  0.53      $   0.50       $  0.41       $   0.52     $(0.21)       $(2.08)
   Stock prices:
      High               $ 15.00    $ 24.25     $ 14.00      $  23.00       $ 13.25       $  19.50     $17.50        $15.25
      Low                  10.75      21.75       12.00         17.50         10.50          13.50     12.25         13.75

   </TABLE>




   Shareholders' Information

   CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.
   1326 Willow Road   
   Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177 USA
   [414] 884-1500

   INTERNET ADDRESSES
   http://www.jwa.com
   http://www.eurekatents.com (Eureka! commercial tents)
   http://www.mitchell-sports.com (Mitchell)
   http://www.oceankayak.com (Ocean Kayak)
   http://www.otccanoe.com (Old Town)
   http://www.uwatec.com (Uwatec)
   http://www.wolfskin.de (Jack Wolfskin)

   COMMON STOCK
   Nasdaq Symbol: JWAIA
   Class A Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Over the Counter National
   Market System.

   ANNUAL MEETING
   The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will convene at 9:45 a.m. [CST] on
   January 28, 1998, at the Company's Headquarters.

   FORM 10-K
   You may receive a copy of the Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. Form 10-K
   filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by writing to the
   Secretary at Corporate Headquarters or via the internet to:
   [email protected].

   TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
   Firstar Trust Company
   Corporate Trust Department
   P.O. Box 2077
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201

   SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES
   Communication concerning the transfer of shares, lost certificates or
   changes of address should be directed to the Transfer Agent.



   Executive Officers

   R. C. WHITAKER, 50
   President and Chief Executive Officer.
   1 year of service with JWA.

   CARL G. SCHMIDT, 41
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
   Treasurer.
   3 years of service with JWA.


   Board of Directors

   <photo>
   SAMUEL C. JOHNSON, 69
   Chairman of the Board.
   Director since 1970.
   Chairman of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. 
   Also Director of Mobil Corporation, H.J. Heinz Company and Deere &
   Company.

   <photo>
   THOMAS F. PYLE, JR., 56
   Vice Chairman of the Board.
   Director since 1987.
   Chairman, The Pyle Group. 
   Also Director of Kewaunee Scientific Corporation, Riverside Paper
   Corporation and Sub Zero Corporation.

   <photo>
   RAYMOND F. FARLEY, 73
   Director since 1970.
   Retired President and Chief Executive Officer of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. 
   Also Director of Hartmarx Corporation and Snap-on Incorporated.


   <photo>
   DONALD W. BRINCKMAN, 66
   Director since 1988.
   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founder of Safety-Kleen Corporation.

   Also Director of Pay-Chex, Inc. and Snap-on Incorporated.

   <photo>
   HELEN P. JOHNSON-LEIPOLD, 40
   Director since 1994.
   Vice President, Personal and Home Care Products of S.C. Johnson & Son,
   Inc.

   <photo>
   R. C. WHITAKER, 50
   President and Chief Executive Officer.
   Director since 1996.
   Also Director of Weirton Steel Corporation.

   <photo>
   GREGORY E. LAWTON, 46
   Director since 1997.
   President and Chief Executive Officer of NuTone, Inc.

   <photo>
   GLENN N. RUPP, 53
   Director since 1997.
   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Converse Inc. 
   Also Director of Consolidated Papers, Inc.



   1326 Willow Road
   Sturtevant, Wisconsin
   53177 USA
   [414] 884-1500


                                                                   EXHIBIT 21

   JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   The following lists the principal direct and indirect subsidiaries of
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. as of October 3, 1997.  Inactive
   subsidiaries are not presented.

                                                           Jurisdiction in
   Name of Subsidiary (1)(2)                               which Incorporated

   Johnson Worldwide Associates Australia Pty. Ltd.        Australia
   Johnson Worldwide Associates Canada Inc.                Canada
   Mitchell Sports, S.A.                                   France
   Old Town Canoe Company                                  Delaware
   Scubapro Sweden AB                                      Sweden
   Under Sea Industries, Inc.                              Delaware
     JWA Holding B.V.                                      Netherlands
       Johnson Beteiligungsgesellschaft GmbH               Germany
         Jack Wolfskin Ausrustung fur Draussen GmbH        Germany
         Johnson Outdoors V GmbH                           Germany
         Scubapro Taucherauser GmbH                        Germany
         Uwatec AG                                         Switzerland
           Uwatec Instruments Deutschland                  Germany
           Uwatec USA, Inc.                                Maine
           Uwatec Espana, S.A.                             Spain
           Uwatec U.K., Ltd.                               United Kingdom
           Uwatec Asia, Ltd. (3)                           Hong Kong
           Uwatec Batam                                    Indonesia
           Uwatec France                                   France
           Uwaplast AG                                     Switzerland
         Scubapro Asia, Ltd.                               Japan
       Scubapro Espana, S.A.(4)                            Spain
       Scubapro Eu AG                                      Switzerland
       Scubapro Europe Benelux, S.A.                       Belgium
       Scubapro Europe S.r.l.                              Italy
         Scubapro Italy S.r.l.                             Italy
       Scubapro Norge AS                                   Norway
       Scubapro Taucherausrustungen Gesellschaft GmbH      Austria
       Scubapro (UK) Ltd.(5)                               United Kingdom

           (1)  Unless otherwise indicated in brackets, each company does
                business only under its legal name.
           (2)  Unless otherwise indicated by footnote, each company is a
                wholly-owned subsidiary of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.
                (through direct or indirect ownership).
           (3)  Percentage of stock owned is 60%.
           (4)  Percentage of stock owned is 98%.
           (5)  Percentage of stock owned is 99%.

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23
    
    
    
    
   INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
    
     
   Shareholders and Board of Directors
   Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.:
    
   We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
   (No. 33-19804, 33-19805, 33-35309, 33-50680, 33-52073, 33-54899, 33-59325
   and 33-61285) on Form S-8 of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. of our
   reports dated November 11, 1997, relating to the consolidated balance
   sheets of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
   October 3, 1997 and September 27, 1996, and the related consolidated
   statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows and related
   schedule for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 3,
   1997, which reports appear or are incorporated by reference in the 1997
   Annual Report on Form 10-K of Johnson Worldwide Associates, Inc.


                                                        KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
   Milwaukee, Wisconsin
   December 29, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS OF JOHNSON WORLDWIDE ASSOCIATES, INC. AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED
OCTOBER 3, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          OCT-03-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             SEP-27-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-03-1997
<CASH>                                           7,130
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   53,861
<ALLOWANCES>                                   (2,693)
<INVENTORY>                                     78,694
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               152,749
<PP&E>                                          80,895
<DEPRECIATION>                                (49,535)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 277,019
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           66,109
<BONDS>                                         88,753
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           406
<OTHER-SE>                                     117,325
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   277,019
<SALES>                                        303,121
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               303,121
<CGS>                                          191,789
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  191,789
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                96,989
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 1,604
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               8,780
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  3,959
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,903
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              2,056
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     2,056
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.25
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.25
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission